UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
x        ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 26, 2009
OR
¨        TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________to_________
Commission File Number 1-5039

WEIS MARKETS, INC .
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
PENNSYLVANIA
 
24-0755415
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1000 S. Second Street
   
P. O. Box 471
   
Sunbury, Pennsylvania
 
17801-0471
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (570) 286-4571
 
Registrant's web address:  www.weismarkets.com

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, no par value
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ¨   No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ¨   No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ¨   No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ¨   No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   ¨
 
Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ¨   No x

The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant is approximately $405,600,000 as of June 27, 2009, the last business day of the most recently completed second quarter.

Shares of common stock outstanding as of March 8, 2010 - 26,898,492.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  Selected portions of the Weis Markets, Inc. definitive proxy statement dated  March 11, 2010 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
 

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FORM 10-K
Page
Part I
 
Item 1. Business
1
Item 1a. Risk Factors
3
Item 1b. Unresolved Staff Comments
5
Item 2. Properties
5
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
5
Part II
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
6
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
7
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
8
Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
17
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
18
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
35
Item 9a. Controls and Procedures
35
Item 9b. Other Information
36
Part III
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
36
Item 11. Executive Compensation
36
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
36
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
36
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
36
Part IV
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
37
Item 15(c)(3). Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
38
Signatures
39
Exhibit 10-A Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
 
Exhibit 10-B Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
 
Exhibit 10-C Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
 
Exhibit 10-H Deferred Compensation Agreement
 
Exhibit 21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
Exhibit 23 Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
 
Exhibit 31.1 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification - CEO
 
Exhibit 31.2 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification - CFO
 
Exhibit 32 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
 

 
 

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

PART I

Item 1.    Business:

Weis Markets, Inc. is a Pennsylvania business founded by Harry and Sigmund Weis in 1912 and incorporated in 1924.  The company is engaged principally in the retail sale of food in Pennsylvania and surrounding states.  There was no material change in the nature of the company's business during fiscal 2009.  The company’s stock has been traded on the New York Stock Exchange since 1965 under the symbol “WMK.”  The Weis family currently owns approximately 65% of the outstanding shares.  Robert F. Weis serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Jonathan H. Weis, son of Robert F. Weis, serves as Vice Chairman and Secretary.  Both are involved in the day-to-day operations of the business.

The company's retail food stores sell groceries, dairy products, frozen foods, meats, seafood, fresh produce, floral, pharmacy services, deli products, prepared foods, bakery products, beer and wine, fuel and general merchandise items, such as health and beauty care and household products.  In addition, customer convenience is addressed at many locations by offering services such as third parties providing in-store banks, laundry services, post offices and take-out restaurants.  The company advertises through various media, including circulars, newspapers, radio and television.  Printed circulars are used extensively on a weekly basis to advertise featured items.  The company utilizes a loyalty card program, “Weis Club Preferred Shopper,” which allows customers to receive discounts, promotions and rewards.  The company currently owns and operates 164 retail food stores and a chain of 25 SuperPetz pet supply stores.  The company’s operations are reported as a single reportable segment.

The percentage of net sales contributed by each class of similar products for each of the previous five fiscal years was:

Year
 
Grocery
   
Meat
   
Produce
   
Pharmacy
   
Fuel
   
Pet Supply
   
Other
 
2009
    54.37       16.21       14.92       8.98       1.66       1.73       2.13  
2008
    54.10       16.08       14.68       9.13       2.01       2.05       1.95  
2007
    53.76       16.09       14.82       9.77       1.35       2.34       1.87  
2006
    53.52       15.99       14.99       10.22       0.98       2.55       1.75  
2005
    53.93       16.18       14.79       10.21       0.49       2.70       1.70  

On August 23, 2009, the company acquired eleven Giant Markets stores located in Broome County, New York including units in Binghamton, Vestal, Endicott, Endwell and Johnson City.  Weis Markets, Inc. acquired the store locations and operations of Giant Markets in an effort to establish its retail presence in the Southern Tier.  Upon acquisition, these eleven stores began operating under the trade name of Weis Markets.

During 2009, all retail food store locations operating under the trade name of Mr. Z’s Food Mart, King’s Supermarkets and Cressler’s Marketplace were converted to the Weis Markets trade name.  As of year end, Weis Markets, Inc. operated 24 stores in Maryland, 3 stores in New Jersey, 12 stores in New York, 119 stores in Pennsylvania and 2 stores in West Virginia, for a total of 160 retail food stores operating under the Weis Markets trade name.  Weis Markets, Inc. also operated 1 Save-A-Lot and 3 Scot’s Lo-Cost retail food stores in Pennsylvania.

 
Page 1 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 1.   Business: (continued)

All retail food store locations, except Scot’s Lo-Cost and Save-A-Lot, operate as conventional supermarkets.  Scot’s Lo-Cost operates under a warehouse format, while Save-A-Lot’s format serves value-focused customers.  The retail food stores range in size from 8,000 to 70,000 square feet, with an average size of approximately 48,000 square feet.  The following summarizes the number of stores by size categories as of year-end:

Square feet
 
Number of stores
 
55,000 to 70,000
 
43
 
45,000 to 54,999
 
72
 
35,000 to 44,999
 
27
 
25,000 to 34,999
 
14
 
Under 25,000
 
8
 
Total
 
164
 

The following schedule shows the changes in the number of retail food stores, total square footage and store additions/remodels as of year-end:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
Beginning store count
    154       154       156       158       157  
New stores
    11       1             2       1  
Relocations
                1       1       1  
Closed stores
    (1 )     (1 )     (2 )     (4 )      
Relocated stores
                (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
Ending store count
    164       154       154       156       158  
Total square feet (000’s), at year-end
    7,888       7,402       7,301       7,311       7,280  
Additions/major remodels
    5       8       4       5       3  

The company supports the retail operations through a centrally located distribution facility, its own transportation fleet and four manufacturing facilities.   The company is required to use a significant amount of working capital to provide for the necessary amount of inventory to meet demand for its products through efficient use of buying power and effective utilization of space in its warehouse facilities.  The manufacturing facilities consist of a meat processing plant, an ice cream plant, an ice plant and a milk processing plant.

The company’s business is highly competitive.  The number of competitors and the variety of competition experienced by the company's stores vary by market area.  National, regional and local food chains, as well as independent food stores comprise the company's principal competition.  The company also faces substantial competition from convenience stores, membership warehouse clubs, specialty retailers, supercenters and large-scale drug and pharmaceutical chains.  The company competes on the basis of price, quality, location and service.

The company currently has approximately 17,600 full-time and part-time associates.

 
Page 2 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 1.      Business: (continued)

Trade Names and Trademarks     The company has invested significantly in the development and protection of “Weis Markets” both as a trade name and a trademark and considers it to be an important asset.  The company is the exclusive licensee of more than 50 other trademarks registered and/or pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including trademarks for its product lines and promotions such as Weis, Weis Quality, Weis 2 Go, Weis Wonder Chicken, Price Freeze, Weis Gas-n-Go, From the Field, Weis Baker’s Basket, Canyon River and Healthy Bites.  Each trademark registration is for an initial period of 10 years and may be renewed so long as it is in continued use in commerce .

The company considers its trademarks to be of material importance to its business and actively defends and enforces its rights.

The company maintains a web site at www.weismarkets.com.    The company makes available, free of charge, on the “Corporate Information” section of its web site, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after the company electronically files such material or furnishes it to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Additionally, the company’s annual reports and corporate governance materials, including governance guidelines; the charters of the Audit, Compensation and Disclosure Committees; and both the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Code of Ethics for the CEO and CFO, may be found under the “Corporate Information” section of its web site.  A copy of the foregoing corporate governance materials is available upon written request to the company’s principal executive offices.

Item 1a.    Risk Factors:

In addition to risks and uncertainties in the ordinary course of business common to all businesses, important factors are listed below specific to the company and its industry, which could materially impact its future performance.

The company’s industry is highly competitive.  If the company is unable to compete effectively, the company’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially affected.   The retail food industry   is intensely price competitive, and the competition the company encounters may have a negative impact on product retail prices.  The financial results may be adversely impacted by a competitive environment that could cause the company to reduce retail prices without a reduction in its product cost to maintain market share; thus reducing sales and gross profit margins.

The trade area of the company is located within a region and subject to the economic, social and climate variables of that region.   The company’s stores are concentrated in central and northeast Pennsylvania, central Maryland, suburban Baltimore regions and New York’s Southern Tier.  Changes in economic and social conditions in the company’s operating regions, including the rate of inflation, population demographics and employment and job growth, affect customer shopping habits.  These changes may negatively impact sales and earnings.  In addition, employment conditions specifically may affect the company’s ability to hire and train qualified associates.  Business disruptions due to weather and catastrophic events historically have been few.  The company’s geographic regions could receive an extreme variance in the amount of annual snowfall that may materially affect sales and expense results.

Food safety issues could result in the loss of consumer confidence in the company.   Customers count on the company to provide them with wholesome food products.  Concerns regarding the safety of food products sold in its stores could cause shoppers to avoid purchasing certain products from the company, or to seek alternative sources of supply for all of their food needs, even if the basis for the concern is outside of the company’s control.  Any lost confidence on the part of its customers would be difficult and costly to reestablish.  As such, any issue regarding the safety of any food items sold by the company, regardless of the cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on operations.

 
Page 3 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 1a.    Risk Factors: (continued)

The failure to execute expansion plans could have a material adverse effect on the company's business and results of its operations.   In 2010, the company expects to invest $102.8 million for capital expenditures, which includes all store, distribution and manufacturing projects, information technology and equipment purchases.  Circumstances outside the company’s control could negatively impact these anticipated capital investments. The company cannot determine with certainty whether its new stores will be successful.  The failure to expand by successfully opening new stores as planned, or the failure of a significant number of these stores to perform as planned, could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business and results of its operations.

Disruptions or security breaches in the company’s information technology systems could adversely affect results.   The company’s business is increasingly dependent on information technology systems that are complex and vital to continuing operations.  If the company was to experience difficulties maintaining existing systems or implementing new systems, significant losses could be incurred due to disruptions in its operations.  Additionally, these systems contain valuable proprietary data that, if breached, would have an adverse effect on the company.

The company is affected by certain operating costs which could increase or fluctuate considerably .   Associate expenses contribute to the majority of its operating costs and therefore, the company's financial performance is greatly influenced by increasing wage and benefit costs, a competitive labor market, regulatory wage increases and the risk of unionized labor disruptions of its non-union workforce.  In addition, the rising rate of associate medical insurance costs continues to outpace the company’s expenses as a whole.  The company's profit is particularly sensitive to the cost of oil.  Oil prices directly affect the company's product transportation costs, as well as its utility and petroleum-based supply costs. The company is extremely concerned about the continuing rise in bank interchange fees for accepting payment cards at the point of sale.  As the use of payment cards grow and banks continue to raise their rates, this expense continues to decrease profit margins.

Various aspects of the company’s business are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations.   The company’s compliance with these regulations may require additional capital expenditures and could adversely affect the company’s ability to conduct the company’s business as planned.  The company is subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices that affect the company’s business.  The company must comply with numerous provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, equal employment opportunity, minimum wages and licensing for the sale of food, drugs and alcoholic beverages.  Management cannot predict either the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, or the effect either additional government regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state, and local regulatory schemes would have on the company’s future business.  They could, however, require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record keeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation.  Any or all of such requirements could have an adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Unexpected factors affecting self-insurance claims and reserve estimates could adversely affect the company.   The company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liabilities for workers' compensation, general liability, vehicle accident, property and associate medical benefit claims.  Management estimates the liabilities associated with the risks retained by the company, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Any projection of losses concerning workers’ compensation and general liability is subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns.

The company is liable for associate health claims up to a lifetime aggregate of $1,000,000 per member and for workers' compensation claims up to $2,000,000 per claim. Property and casualty insurance coverage is maintained with outside carriers at deductible or retention levels ranging from $100,000 to $1,000,000.  Although the company has minimized its exposure on individual claims, the company, for the benefit of cost savings, has accepted the risk of an unusual amount of independent multiple material claims arising, which could have a significant impact on earnings .

 
Page 4 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 1a.    Risk Factors: (continued)

Changes in tax laws may result in higher income tax.   The company's future effective tax rate may increase from current rates due to changes in laws and the status of pending items with various taxing authorities.  Currently, the company benefits from a combination of its corporate structure and certain state tax laws.

The company is a controlled company due to the common stock holdings of the Weis family.   The Weis family’s share ownership represents approximately 65% of the combined voting power of the company’s common stock as of December 26, 2009.  As a result, the Weis family has the power to elect a majority of the company’s directors and approve any action requiring the approval of the shareholders of the company, including adopting certain amendments to the company’s charter and approving mergers or sales of substantially all of the company’s assets.  Currently, two of the company’s six directors are members of the Weis family.

Item 1b.    Unresolved Staff Comments:

There are no unresolved staff comments.

Item 2.      Properties:

The company currently owns and operates 81 of its retail food stores, and leases and operates 83 stores under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2028.  SuperPetz leases all 25 of its retail store locations.  The company owns all trade fixtures and equipment in its stores and several parcels of vacant land, which are available as locations for possible future stores or other expansion.

The company owns and operates one distribution center in Milton, Pennsylvania of approximately 1,110,000 square feet, and one in Northumberland, Pennsylvania totaling approximately 76,000 square feet.  The company also owns one warehouse complex in Sunbury, Pennsylvania totaling approximately 564,000 square feet.  The company operates an ice cream plant, meat processing plant, ice plant and milk processing plant in 259,000 square feet at its Sunbury location.

Item 3.      Legal Proceedings:

Neither the company nor any subsidiary is presently a party to, nor is any of their property subject to, any pending legal proceedings, other than routine litigation incidental to the business.

 
Page 5 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

PART II

Item 5.      Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities:

The company's stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (ticker symbol WMK).  The approximate number of shareholders, including individual participants in security position listings, on December 26, 2009 as provided by the company's transfer agent was 8,454.  High and low stock prices and dividends paid per share for the last two fiscal years were:
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Stock Price
   
Dividend
   
Stock Price
   
Dividend
 
Quarter
 
High
   
Low
   
Per Share
   
High
   
Low
   
Per Share
 
First
  $ 34.12     $ 22.67     $ .29     $ 40.20     $ 31.54     $ .29  
Second
    37.87       30.05       .29       37.09       30.22       .29  
Third
    37.67       30.51       .29       40.26       32.18       .29  
Fourth
    37.44       31.18       .29       37.07       25.99       .29  

 
The following line graph compares the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on the company’s common stock against the cumulative total return of the S&P Composite-500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return of a published group index for the Retail Grocery Stores Industry (“Peer Group”), provided by Value Line, Inc., for the period of five years.  The graph depicts $100 invested at the close of trading on the last trading day preceding the first day of the fifth preceding year in Weis Markets, Inc. common stock, S&P 500, and the Peer Group.  The cumulative total return assumes reinvestment of dividends.
 
Comparative Five-Year Total Returns


   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
 
Weis Markets
    100.00       114.88       110.15       112.68       98.17       109.78  
S&P 500
    100.00       103.00       117.03       121.16       74.53       92.01  
Peer Group
    100.00       122.15       154.39       181.49       140.44       143.86  

 
Page 6 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 6.        Selected Financial Data:

The following selected historical financial information has been derived from the company's audited consolidated financial statements.  This information should be read in connection with the company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto, as well as "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included in Item 7.

Five Year Review of Operations

   
52 Weeks
   
52 Weeks
   
52 Weeks
   
52 Weeks
   
53 Weeks
 
(dollars in thousands, except shares,
 
Ended
   
Ended
   
Ended
   
Ended
   
Ended
 
per share amounts and store information)
 
Dec. 26, 2009
   
Dec. 27, 2008
   
Dec. 29, 2007
   
Dec. 30, 2006
   
Dec. 31, 2005
 
Net sales
  $ 2,516,175     $ 2,422,361     $ 2,318,551     $ 2,244,512     $ 2,222,598  
Costs and expenses
    2,419,824       2,354,780       2,243,587       2,162,569       2,126,007  
Income from operations
    96,351       67,581       74,964       81,943       96,591  
Investment income
    1,556       2,532       2,795       4,145       2,715  
Income before provision for income taxes
    97,907       70,113       77,759       86,088       99,306  
Provision for income taxes
    35,107       23,118       26,769       30,078       35,885  
Net income
    62,800       46,995       50,990       56,010       63,421  
Retained earnings, beginning of year
    795,473       779,760       760,531       735,865       702,714  
      858,273       826,755       811,521       791,875       766,135  
Less cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes
                452              
Cash dividends
    31,231       31,282       31,309       31,344       30,270  
Retained earnings, end of year
  $ 827,042     $ 795,473     $ 779,760     $ 760,531     $ 735,865  
Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted
    26,920,551       26,966,647       26,993,997       27,027,198       27,033,789  
Cash dividends per share
  $ 1.16     $ 1.16     $ 1.16     $ 1.16     $ 1.12  
Basic and diluted earnings per share
  $ 2.33     $ 1.74     $ 1.89     $ 2.07     $ 2.35  
Working capital
  $ 173,159     $ 158,932     $ 157,385     $ 147,451     $ 170,100  
Total assets
  $ 916,515     $ 848,214     $ 840,069     $ 814,062     $ 784,128  
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 690,764     $ 661,100     $ 648,228     $ 629,163     $ 603,857  
Number of grocery stores
    164       154       154       156       158  
Number of pet supply stores
    25       29       31       31       32  

 
Page 7 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

Overview

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) is intended to help the reader understand Weis Markets, Inc., its operations and its present business environment.  The MD&A is provided as a supplement to and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.  The following analysis should also be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements included in the 2009 Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as the cautionary statement captioned “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately following this analysis.  This overview summarizes the MD&A, which includes the following sections:

  •   Company Overview - a general description of the company’s business, strategic imperatives, and challenges and risks.

  •   Results of Operations - an analysis of the company’s consolidated results of operations for the three years presented in the company’s consolidated financial statements.

  •   Liquidity and Capital Resources - an analysis of cash flows, aggregate contractual obligations, and off-balance sheet arrangements.

  •   Critical Accounting Estimates - a discussion of accounting policies that require critical judgments and estimates.

Company Overview

General
Weis Markets, Inc. was founded in 1912 by Harry and Sigmund Weis in Sunbury, Pennsylvania.  Today, the company ranks among the top 50 food and drug retailers in the United States in revenues generated.  At the end of 2009, the company operated 164 retail food stores in Pennsylvania and four surrounding states: Maryland, New Jersey, New York and West Virginia.

On August 23, 2009, the company acquired eleven Giant Markets stores located in Broome County, New York including units in Binghamton, Vestal, Endicott, Endwell and Johnson City.  Weis Markets, Inc. acquired the store locations and operations of Giant Markets in an effort to establish its retail presence in the Southern Tier.

Company revenues are generated in its retail food stores from the sale of a wide variety of consumer products including groceries, dairy products, frozen foods, meats, seafood, fresh produce, floral, pharmacy services, deli products, prepared foods, bakery products, beer and wine, fuel, and general merchandise items, such as health and beauty care and household products.  The company supports its retail operations through a centrally located distribution facility, its own transportation fleet, four manufacturing facilities and its administrative offices.  The company's operations are reported as a single reportable segment.

Strategic Imperatives
The following strategic imperatives will ensure the success of the company in the coming years:

 
·
Growth and Profitability –   While the company focuses on store sales growth, expense control and positive cash flow, it will continue to identify opportunities with new stores, additions to existing stores, remodels and acquisitions.  The company believes successfully planned growth will increase market share and operating profits, resulting in enhanced shareholder value .

 
·
Merchandising and Operational Differentiation –   The company has identified product pricing, shopping experience and customer focus to maintain its differentiation versus its competitors.  Management is committed to providing a clean, efficient customer shopping experience, while offering competitive prices on both branded and private label products to meet and exceed our customers’ expectations .

 
Page 8 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Company Overview, Strategic Imperatives (continued)

 
·
Talent Management – To keep pace with the company’s growth and profitability focus, management is committed to developing future leaders utilizing its associates to increase bench strength, ensure succession preparedness, and improve overall associate performance .

 
·
Supply Chain – Management will continue to reshape and streamline its supply chain by improving inventory turns, cost per case, in stock position and overall service level, thereby building store sales capabilities .

 
·
Information Technology Initiatives – The company will increase its investment in information technology to improve associate productivity with user friendly, support driven systems .

Challenges and Risks
As a regional grocery store chain, the company faces unique opportunities, challenges and risks compared to larger retail grocery chains.  Management identified certain key challenges and risks that warrant ongoing attention :

 
·
Competition - The retail food industry is intensely price competitive.  The company’s financial results may be adversely impacted by a competitive environment which could cause the company to reduce retail prices without a corresponding reduction in its product cost to maintain market share, resulting in lower sales and gross profit margins.

 
·
Trade Area - The company’s stores are concentrated in central and northeast Pennsylvania, central Maryland, suburban Baltimore regions and New York’s Southern Tier.  Changes in economic and social conditions in the company’s operating regions, including the rate of inflation, population demographics and employment and job growth, affect customer shopping habits.  Business disruptions due to weather and catastrophic events historically have been few, but the company’s geographic regions do receive varying amounts of snow annually.  Such conditions could materially affect sales and expense results.

 
·
Food Safety - Customers count on the company to provide them with wholesome food products.  Concerns regarding the safety of food products sold in its stores could cause shoppers to avoid purchasing certain products from the company, or to seek alternative sources of supply for all of their food needs, even if the basis for the concern is outside of the company’s control.  Any lost confidence on the part of its customers would be difficult and costly to reestablish.  As such, any issue regarding the safety of any food items sold by the company, regardless of the cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on operation.

 
·
Execution of Expansion Plans - Circumstances outside the company’s control could negatively impact anticipated capital investments.  The company cannot determine with certainty whether its new stores will be successful.  The failure to expand by successfully opening new stores as planned, or the failure of a significant number of these stores to perform as planned, could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business and results of its operations.

 
·
Data and Technology - The company’s business is increasingly dependent on information technology systems that are complex and vital to continuing operations.  If the company was to experience difficulties maintaining existing systems or implementing new systems, significant losses could be incurred due to disruptions in its operations.  Additionally, these systems contain valuable proprietary data that, if breached, would have an adverse effect on the company.

 
Page 9 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Company Overview, Challenges and Risks   (continued)

 
·
Operating Costs - The company is affected by certain operating costs which could increase or fluctuate considerably.  Associate expenses contribute to the majority of its operating costs and therefore, the company's financial performance is greatly influenced by increasing wage and benefit costs, a competitive labor market, regulatory wage increases and the risk of unionized labor disruptions of its non-union workforce.  In addition, the rising rate of associate medical insurance costs continue to outpace the company’s expenses as a whole.  The company's profit is particularly sensitive to the cost of oil.  Oil prices directly affect the company's product transportation costs, as well as its utility and petroleum-based supply costs. The company is extremely concerned about the continuing rise in bank interchange fees for accepting payment cards at the point of sale.  As the use of payment cards grow and banks continue to raise their rates, this expense continues to decrease profit margins.

 
·
Federal, state and local laws and regulations - Various aspects of the company’s business are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations. The company’s compliance with these regulations may require additional capital expenditures and could adversely affect the company’s ability to conduct the company’s business as planned.   The company is subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices that affect the company’s business. The company must comply with numerous provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, equal employment opportunity, minimum wages and licensing for the sale of food, drugs and alcoholic beverages.  Management cannot predict either the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, or the effect either additional government regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state, and local regulatory schemes would have on the company’s future business. They could, however, require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record keeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation. Any or all of such requirements could have an adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 
·
Self-Insurance Exposure - The company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liabilities for workers' compensation, general liability, vehicle accident, property and associate medical benefit claims.  Management estimates the liabilities associated with the risks retained by the company, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Any projection of losses concerning workers’ compensation and general liability is subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns.  The company is liable for associate health claims up to a lifetime aggregate of $1,000,000 per member and for workers' compensation claims up to $2,000,000 per claim. Property and casualty insurance coverage is maintained with outside carriers at deductible or retention levels ranging from $100,000 to $1,000,000.  Although the company has minimized its exposure on individual claims, the company, for the benefit of cost savings, has accepted the risk of an unusual amount of independent multiple material claims arising, which could have a significant impact on earnings.

See also “Item 1a. Risk Factors” in Part I of this report for additional information about risks and uncertainties facing the company.

 
Page 10 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Results of Operations
 
Analysis of Consolidated Statements of Income
                             
(dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
                             
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 26, 2009,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Percent Changes
 
December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007
 
(52 weeks)
   
(52 weeks)
   
(52 weeks)
   
2009 vs.
2008
   
2008 vs.
2007
 
Net sales
  $ 2,516,175     $ 2,422,361     $ 2,318,551       3.9 %     4.5 %
Cost of sales, including warehousing and distribution expenses
    1,837,657       1,795,261       1,716,209       2.4       4.6  
Gross profit on sales
    678,518       627,100       602,342       8.2       4.1  
Gross profit margin
    27.0 %     25.9 %     26.0 %                
Operating, general and administrative expenses
    582,167       559,519       527,378       4.0       6.1  
O, G & A, percent of net sales
    23.1 %     23.1 %     22.7 %                
Income from operations
    96,351       67,581       74,964       42.6       (9.8 )
Operating Margin
    3.8 %     2.8 %     3.2 %                
Investment income
    1,556       2,532       2,795       (38.5 )     (9.4 )
Investment income, percent of net sales
    0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %                
Income before provision for income taxes
    97,907       70,113       77,759       39.6       (9.8 )
Provision for income taxes
    35,107       23,118       26,769       51.9       (13.6 )
Effective tax rate
    35.9 %     33.0 %     34.4 %                
Net income
  $ 62,800     $ 46,995     $ 50,990       33.6 %     (7.8 ) %
Net income, percent of net sales
    2.5 %     1.9 %     2.2 %                
Basic and diluted earnings per share
  $ 2.33     $ 1.74     $ 1.89       33.9 %     (7.9 ) %

Net Sales
The company's revenues are earned and cash is generated as merchandise is sold to customers at the point of sale.  Discounts, except those provided by a vendor, are recognized as a reduction in sales as products are sold or over the life of a promotional program if redeemable in the future.

Comparable store sales increased 1.8% in 2009 compared to 2008 and increased 4.3% in 2008 compared to 2007.  The acquisition of the Binghamton based Giant Markets in August 2009 improved sales by $58.8 million.

When calculating the percentage change in comparable store sales, the company defines a new store to be comparable the week following one full year of operation.  Relocated stores and stores with expanded square footage are included in comparable sales since these units are located in existing markets and are open during construction. When a store is closed, sales generated from that unit in the prior year are subtracted from total company sales starting the same week of closure in the prior year and continuing from that point forward .

In response to challenging economic times, the company continued significant investment in its promotional program “Price Freeze”.  The company ran three successful 90-day “Price Freeze” programs in 2009.  Each program froze between 2,400 and 3,000 staple item prices, saving the company’s customers over $16.5 million in 2009.  The company began its fourth program on December 31, 2009.  This program froze prices of approximately 3,000 staple items for a 90-day period and is expected to save the company’s customers $6.5 million.  In addition, the company has concentrated efforts on targeted sales building programs by store, tailoring these programs to individual market needs.  During 2009, the company experienced a .4% increase in comparable customer store visits and a 1.0% increase in average sales per customer transaction compared to the same period a year ago.

As the company previously reported, market forces positively affecting prescription growth such as an aging population base, continue to be offset by retail erosion due to increased generic penetration, competitive pressures and a softening economy.  In addition, prescription plan sponsors continue to offer economic incentives to covered individuals in an effort to shift their prescription drug purchases to mail order.  The company implemented new pricing strategies involving generic drugs in the second half of 2008, which has reversed the downward trend of pharmacy sales.  Pharmacy sales increased 2.2% in 2009, compared to the 2.3% decline experienced in 2008.

 
Page 11 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

The company continued to experience significant product deflation in its dairy category throughout the current year, particularly with eggs and milk.  Dairy sales decreased 4.9% in 2009 when compared with 2008.  Based upon reports from the USDA’s Economic Research Service, management anticipates this trend to reverse in 2010.

Management remains confident in its ability to generate sales growth in a highly competitive environment, but also understands some competitors have greater financial resources and could use these resources to take measures which could adversely affect the company's competitive position.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
Cost of sales consists of direct product costs (net of discounts and allowances), warehouse costs, transportation costs and manufacturing facility costs.

According to the latest U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ report, seasonally adjusted annual rate food-at-home consumer price index fell 2.5% in 2009 as opposed to increases of 6.4% and 4.2% in 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The producer price index for finished consumer foods decreased 1.6% for 2009 compared to increases of 6.8% in 2008 and 6.6% in 2007.  The company has been able to maintain a gross profit rate of 27.0% in 2009 for the year despite the fluctuation of retail and wholesale prices.

Because of wholesale price deflation during the year, the company experienced a LIFO gain of $826,000 for 2009, compared to charges of $11.8 million and $7.2 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Wholesale prices peaked at the end of 2008 causing the large variance between 2009 and 2008.  The company is expecting modest wholesale price inflation to occur in 2010.

The company's profitability is particularly impacted by the cost of oil.  Cost of sales was impacted by a 30.2% decrease in the cost of diesel fuel used by the company to deliver goods from its distribution center to its stores as compared to 2008.  In addition to lower prices during the year, the company mechanically lowered the top speed of its tractors, implemented routing software to improve loading patterns and reduced delivery mileage, and implemented a driver training program regarding shift patterns.  Since implementation of these initiatives, management realized a 4.2% reduction in fuel usage.  Fluctuating fuel prices affect the delivered cost of product and the cost of other petroleum-based supplies such as plastic bags.

Although the company experienced product cost deflation in 2009 and inflation for 2008 and 2007, management does not feel it can accurately measure the full impact of inflation and deflation on retail pricing due to changes in the types of merchandise sold between periods, shifts in customer buying patterns and the fluctuation of competitive factors.

Operating, General and Administrative Expenses
Business operating costs including expenses generated from administration and purchasing functions, are recorded in "Operating, general and administrative expenses."  Business operating costs include items such as wages, benefits, utilities, repairs and maintenance, advertising costs and credits, rent, insurance, equipment depreciation, leasehold amortization and costs for outside provided services.

Employee-related costs such as wages, employer paid taxes, health care benefits and retirement plans, comprise over 60% of the total operating, general and administrative expenses.  Employee-related costs increased 5.4% in 2009 compared to 2008 and 5.0% in 2008 compared to 2007.  As a percent of sales, employee-related costs increased .2% in 2009 versus 2008, a majority of which was due to an increase in retirement plan costs.

 
Page 12 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

In 2009, the company expensed $1.3 million due to adjustments made to the non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (see Note 6 Retirement Plans of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) resulting from a rise in the equity market.  In 2008, operating, general and administrative expenses were reduced by $2.0 million in adjustments made to the non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan due to a decline in the equity market of which $2.7 million in adjustments occurred in the fourth quarter of 2008.   In 2007, this expense was $396,000.  In 2009, additional profit-sharing plan contributions of $1.1 million (see Note 6 Retirement Plans of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) were made to compensate participants for the decline in the equity markets.

Pennsylvania, where the majority of the company's stores are located, increased the minimum wage rate twice in 2007 totaling $2.00 per hour.  Although the company paid its associates more than the minimum wage rate, the increases impacted associate rates well above minimum wage.  In addition, the company increased associate rates in neighboring states.

Health care benefits increased 4.2% in 2009 compared to 2008 and increased 13.8% in 2008 compared to 2007.  Management expects the trend of increasing health care benefit costs to continue .

The company’s interchange fees for accepting credit and debit cards increased 7.9% to $15.4 million in 2009 compared to 2008 and 12.1% to $14.3 million in 2008 compared to 2007.

Retail store profitability is sensitive to rising utility costs due to the amount of electricity and gas required to operate.  The company is reacting to these increased operating costs by evaluating technological improvements for improved utility and fuel management.  Beginning in 2010, Pennsylvania deregulated electricity pricing and it is anticipated the average electric utility consumer will see a 30% increase.  Through “green initiatives”, technology and buying, management expects 2010 costs to increase only by 20% in its Pennsylvania stores.

The company may not be able to recover these rising utility and interchange costs through increased prices charged to its customers.  Any delay in the company's response to unforeseen cost increases or competitive pressures that prevent its ability to raise prices may cause earnings to suffer.  Management does not foresee a change in these trends in the near future .

The company incurred a pre-tax impairment loss of $1.7 million on one closed store facility in 2008 compared to a pre-tax gain of $8.0 million on the sale of two closed store facilities and an undeveloped parcel of land in 2007.  Earnings were further impacted in 2007 by a $1.2 million adjustment to liabilities for future expenses on closed stores.

The company recognized gift card breakage income of $665,000 and $1.0 million as a credit against operating, general and administrative expenses during fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively (See Note 1(r) Revenue Recognition of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  Fiscal 2008 was the first year in which the company recognized gift card breakage income, and therefore, the amount recognized includes the gift card breakage income related to gift cards sold since the inception of the gift card program in late 2002.  The resolution of certain legal matters associated with gift card liabilities prompted management to initiate a change in accounting estimate .

Investment Income
The company’s investments consist of short-term money market funds and marketable securities consisting of Pennsylvania tax-free state and municipal bonds and equity securities.  The company classifies all of its marketable securities as available-for-sale.  Due to declining yields on short-term money market funds, the company experienced a $1.3 million decrease in interest income in 2009 compared to 2008 and a $307,000 decrease in 2008 compared to 2007 .

Provision for Income Taxes
The effective income tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the effect of state taxes, net of permanent differences relating to tax-free income .

 
Page 13 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Results of Operations (continued)

Income is earned by selling merchandise at price levels that produce revenues in excess of cost of merchandise sold and operating and administrative expenses.  Although the company may experience short term fluctuations in its earnings due to unforeseen short-term operating cost increases, it historically has been able to increase revenues and maintain stable earnings from year to year .

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Net cash provided by operating activities was $118.9 million in 2009 compared to $115.3 million in 2008 and $85.4 million in 2007.  Working capital increased 9.0%, 1.0% and 6.7% in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Net cash used in investing activities was $78.0 million in 2009 compared to $65.8 million in 2008, and $39.1 million in 2007.  These funds were used primarily for property and equipment purchases in the three years presented.  Property and equipment purchases during 2009 totaled $45.2 million compared to $67.0 million in 2008 and $64.2 million in 2007.  In 2009, the company also acquired eleven Giant Markets stores for $35.8 million.  As a percentage of sales, capital expenditures were 2.1%, 2.8% and 2.8% in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The company’s capital expansion program includes the construction of new superstores, the expansion and remodeling of existing units, the acquisition of sites for future expansion, new technology purchases and the continued upgrade of the company’s processing and distribution facilities.  Company management estimates that its current development plans will require an investment of approximately $102.8 million in 2010.

Net cash used in financing activities during 2009 was $33.2 million compared to $31.3 million in 2008 and $32.7 million in 2007.  The majority of the financing activities consisted of dividend payments to shareholders.  At December 26, 2009, the company had outstanding letters of credit of $12.9 million.  The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of the company and the company does not anticipate drawing on any of them.

Total cash dividend payments on common stock, on a per share basis, amounted to $1.16 per year in 2009, 2008 and 2007.  Treasury stock purchases totaled $2.0 million in 2009, compared to $181,000 in 2008 and $2.7 million in 2007.  The Board of Directors’ 2004 resolution authorizing the repurchase of up to one million shares of the company’s common stock has a remaining balance of 752,517 shares.

The company has no other commitment of capital resources as of December 26, 2009, other than the lease commitments on its store facilities under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2028. The company anticipates funding its working capital requirements and its $102.8 million capital expansion program through cash and investment reserves and future internally generated cash flows from operations.  However, management is currently considering maintaining a credit facility to fund potential acquisitions.

The company’s earnings and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in interest rates as they relate to available-for-sale securities and any future long-term debt borrowings.  The company’s marketable securities portfolio currently consists of Pennsylvania tax-free state and municipal bonds, equity securities and other short-term investments.  Other short-term investments are classified as cash equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The company’s unrealized holding gains net of deferred taxes in 2009 were $68,000 (see Note 9 Comprehensive Income of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  The company experienced a $2.8 million unrealized holding loss net of deferred taxes in 2008, primarily due to a decline in the value of the company’s equity holdings.  In 2007, the company had unrealized holding gains of $1.3 million.  As of December 26, 2009, the company had $7.9 million in gross unrealized holding gains in marketable securities (see Note 2 Marketable Securities of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 
Page 14 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Liquidity and Capital Resources (continued)

By their nature, these financial instruments inherently expose the holders to market risk.  The extent of the company’s interest rate and other market risk is not quantifiable or predictable with precision due to the variability of future interest rates and other changes in market conditions.  However, the company believes that its exposure in this area is not material.

Under its current policies, the company invests primarily in high-grade marketable securities and does not use interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate fluctuations.  Historically, the company’s principal investment strategy of obtaining marketable securities with maturity dates between one and five years helps to minimize market risk and to maintain a balance between risk and return.  The equity securities owned by the company consist primarily of stock held in large capitalized companies trading on public security exchange markets.  The company’s management continually monitors the risk associated with its marketable securities.  A quantitative tabular presentation of risk exposure is located in “Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” of this report .

Contractual Obligations
The following table represents scheduled maturities of the company’s long-term contractual obligations as of December 26, 2009.
   
Payments due by period
 
         
Less than
               
More than
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
Total
   
1 year
   
1-3 years
   
3-5 years
   
5 years
 
Operating leases
  $ 241,453     $ 30,592     $ 54,670     $ 49,462     $ 106,729  
Total
  $ 241,453     $ 30,592     $ 54,670     $ 49,462     $ 106,729  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The company is not a party to any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The company has chosen accounting policies that it believes are appropriate to accurately and fairly report its operating results and financial position, and the company applies those accounting policies in a consistent manner.  The Significant Accounting Policies are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that the company makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  These estimates and assumptions are based on historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  The company evaluates these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and may retain outside consultants, lawyers and actuaries to assist in its evaluation.  The company believes the following accounting policies are the most critical because they involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

 
Page 15 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7. 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Vendor Allowances
Vendor allowances that relate to the company's buying and merchandising activities are recorded as a reduction of cost of sales as they are earned, in accordance with its underlying agreement. Off-invoice and bill-back allowances are used to reduce direct product costs upon the receipt of goods. Promotional rebates and credits are accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and recognized when the related inventory is sold. Volume incentive discounts are realized as a reduction of cost of sales at the time it is deemed probable and reasonably estimable that the incentive target will be reached. Long-term contract incentives, which require an exclusive vendor relationship, are allocated over the life of the contract. Promotional allowance funds for specific vendor-sponsored programs are recognized as a reduction of cost of sales as the program occurs and the funds are earned per the agreement. Cash discounts for prompt payment of invoices are realized in cost of sales as invoices are paid. Warehouse and back-haul allowances provided by suppliers for distributing their product through our distribution system are recorded in cost of sales as the required performance is completed. Warehouse rack and slotting allowances are recorded in cost of sales when new items are initially set up in the company's distribution system, which is when the related expenses are incurred and performance under the agreement is complete. Swell allowances for damaged goods are realized in cost of sales as provided by the supplier, helping to offset product shrink losses also recorded in cost of sales.

Store Closing Costs
The company provides for closed store liabilities relating to the estimated post-closing lease liabilities and related other exit costs associated with the store closing commitments.  The closed store liabilities are usually paid over the lease terms associated with the closed stores having remaining terms ranging from one to nine years.  At December 26, 2009, closed store lease liabilities totaled $863,000.  The company estimates the lease liabilities, net of estimated sublease income, using the undiscounted rent payments of closed stores.  Other exit costs include estimated real estate taxes, common area maintenance, insurance and utility costs to be incurred after the store closes over the remaining lease term.  Store closings are generally completed within one year after the decision to close.  Adjustments to closed store liabilities and other exit costs primarily relate to changes in subtenants and actual exit costs differing from original estimates.  Adjustments are made for changes in estimates in the period in which changes become known.  Any excess store closing liability remaining upon settlement of the obligation is reversed to income in the period that such settlement is determined.  Inventory write-downs, if any, in connection with store closings, are classified in cost of sales.  Costs to transfer inventory and equipment from closed stores are expensed as incurred.  Store closing liabilities are reviewed quarterly to ensure that any accrued amount that is no longer needed for its originally intended purpose is reversed to income in the proper period.

Self-Insurance
The company is self-insured for a majority of its workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle accident and associate medical benefit claims.  The self-insurance liability for most of the workers’ compensation claims is determined based on historical data and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported.  The other self-insurance liabilities are determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported.  The company is liable for associate health claims up to a lifetime aggregate of $1,000,000 per member and for workers compensation claims up to $2,000,000 per claim.  Property and casualty insurance coverage is maintained with outside carriers at deductible or retention levels ranging from $100,000 to $1,000,000.  Significant assumptions used in the development of the actuarial estimates include reliance on the company’s historical claims data including average monthly claims and average lag time between incurrence and reporting of the claim.

 
Page 16 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 7. 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: (continued)

Forward-Looking Statements

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report may contain forward-looking statements.  Any forward-looking statements contained herein are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected.  For example, risks and uncertainties can arise with changes in: general economic conditions, including their impact on capital expenditures; business conditions in the retail industry; the regulatory environment; rapidly changing technology and competitive factors, including increased competition with regional and national retailers; and price pressures.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect management's analysis only as of the date hereof.  The company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date hereof.  Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in other documents the company files periodically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 7a.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk:

(dollars in thousands)
 
Expected Maturity Dates
   
Fair Value
 
December 26, 2009
 
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Dec. 26, 2009
 
Rate sensitive assets:
                                               
Fixed interest rate securities
   $ 6,135       $ 2,040      $        $        $         $         $ 8,175         $ 8,427   
Average interest rate
    3.48 %     4.11 %                             3.64 %        

Other Relevant Market Risks
The company’s equity securities at December 26, 2009 had a cost basis of $1,874,000 and a fair value of $9,652,000.  The dividend yield realized on these equity investments was 4.84% in 2009.  Market risk, as it relates to equities owned by the company, is discussed within the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained within this report.

 
Page 17 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

WEIS MARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)
           
December 26, 2009   and December 27, 2008
 
2009
   
2008
 
             
Assets
           
Current:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 67,065     $ 59,351  
Marketable securities
    18,079       20,068  
Accounts receivable, net
    52,215       45,318  
Inventories
    223,015       187,433  
Prepaid expenses
    6,254       5,085  
Total current assets
    366,628       317,255  
Property and equipment, net
    510,882       511,113  
Goodwill
    35,162       15,722  
Intangible and other assets, net
    3,843       4,124  
Total assets
  $ 916,515     $ 848,214  
                 
Liabilities
               
Current:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 130,685     $ 95,128  
Accrued expenses
    30,227       28,173  
Accrued self-insurance
    21,998       23,344  
Deferred revenue, net
    6,731       6,920  
Income taxes payable
    484       738  
Deferred income taxes
    3,344       4,020  
Total current liabilities
    193,469       158,323  
Postretirement benefit obligations
    13,850       12,454  
Deferred income taxes
    18,432       16,337  
Total liabilities
    225,751       187,114  
Shareholders’ Equity
               
Common stock, no par value, 100,800,000 shares authorized, 33,047,807 shares issued
    9,949       9,949  
Retained earnings
    827,042       795,473  
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    4,628       4,560  
      841,619       809,982  
Treasury stock at cost, 6,149,315 and 6,081,908 shares, respectively
    (150,855 )     (148,882 )
Total shareholders’ equity
    690,764       661,100  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 916,515     $ 848,214  

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
Page 18 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(dollars in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
                 
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 26, 2009,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007
 
(52 weeks)
   
(52 weeks)
   
(52 weeks)
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 2,516,175     $ 2,422,361     $ 2,318,551  
Cost of sales, including warehousing and distribution expenses
    1,837,657       1,795,261       1,716,209  
Gross profit on sales
    678,518       627,100       602,342  
Operating, general and administrative expenses
    582,167       559,519       527,378  
Income from operations
    96,351       67,581       74,964  
Investment income
    1,556       2,532       2,795  
Income before provision for income taxes
    97,907       70,113       77,759  
Provision for income taxes
    35,107       23,118       26,769  
Net income
  $ 62,800     $ 46,995     $ 50,990  
                         
Weighted-average shares outstanding, basic
    26,920,551       26,966,647       26,987,786  
Weighted-average shares outstanding, diluted
    26,920,551       26,966,647       26,993,997  
                         
Cash dividends per share
  $ 1.16     $ 1.16     $ 1.16  
Basic and diluted earnings per share
  $ 2.33     $ 1.74     $ 1.89  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
Page 19 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                     
Accumulated
                   
(dollars in thousands, except shares)
                   
Other
               
Total
 
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 26, 2009,
 
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury Stock
   
Shareholders’
 
December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007
 
Shares
   
Amount
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Equity
 
Balance at December 30, 2006
    33,009,046     $ 8,595     $ 760,531     $ 6,084       6,016,291     $ (146,047 )   $ 629,163  
Net income
                50,990                         50,990  
Other comprehensive income, net of reclassification adjustments and tax
                      1,255                   1,255  
Comprehensive income
                                                    52,245  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes
                (452 )                       (452 )
Shares issued for options
    35,311       1,235                   25,561       (1,155 )     80  
Treasury stock purchased
                            35,459       (1,499 )     (1,499 )
Dividends paid
                (31,309 )                       (31,309 )
Balance at December 29, 2007
    33,044,357       9,830       779,760       7,339       6,077,311       (148,701 )     648,228  
Net income
                46,995                         46,995  
Other comprehensive loss, net of reclassification adjustments and tax
                      (2,779 )                 (2,779 )
Comprehensive income
                                                    44,216  
Shares issued for options
    3,450       119                   1,688       (67 )     52  
Treasury stock purchased
                            2,909       (114 )     (114 )
Dividends paid
                (31,282 )                       (31,282 )
Balance at December 27, 2008
    33,047,807       9,949       795,473       4,560       6,081,908       (148,882 )     661,100  
Net income
                62,800                         62,800  
Other comprehensive income, net of reclassification adjustments and tax
                      68                   68  
Comprehensive income
                                                    62,868  
Treasury stock purchased
                            67,407       (1,973 )     (1,973 )
Dividends paid
                (31,231 )                       (31,231 )
Balance at December 26, 2009
    33,047,807     $ 9,949     $ 827,042     $ 4,628       6,149,315     $ (150,855 )   $ 690,764  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
Page 20 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)
                 
For the Fiscal Years Ended December 26, 2009,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007
 
(52 weeks)
   
(52 weeks)
   
(52 weeks)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net income
  $ 62,800     $ 46,995     $ 50,990  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    47,201       47,053       47,511  
Amortization
    6,207       7,978       7,331  
Loss (gain) on disposition / impairment of fixed assets
    60       155       (8,031 )
Gain on sale of marketable securities
                (6 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Inventories
    (27,780 )     6,299       (4,264 )
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses
    (8,066 )     1,434       (5,960 )
Income taxes recoverable
          8,074       (8,074 )
Accounts payable and other liabilities
    37,472       (7,441 )     8,169  
Income taxes payable
    (254 )     738       (1,317 )
Deferred income taxes
    1,372       3,946       (1,252 )
Other
    (93 )     95       345  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    118,919       115,326       85,442  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (45,249 )     (66,958 )     (64,233 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    991       324       11,374  
Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities
    2,197       1,210       13,780  
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
                7  
Acquisition of business
    (35,802 )            
Purchase of intangible assets
    (138 )     (394 )      
Net cash used in investing activities
    (78,001 )     (65,818 )     (39,072 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
          119       1,235  
Dividends paid
    (31,231 )     (31,282 )     (31,309 )
Purchase of treasury stock
    (1,973 )     (181 )     (2,654 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (33,204 )     (31,344 )     (32,728 )
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    7,714       18,164       13,642  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    59,351       41,187       27,545  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 67,065     $ 59,351     $ 41,187  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
Page 21 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies utilized in preparing the company’s consolidated financial statements:

(a)  Description of Business
Weis Markets, Inc. is a Pennsylvania business corporation formed in 1924.  The company is engaged principally in the retail sale of food in Pennsylvania and surrounding states.  There was no material change in the nature of the company's business during fiscal 2009.

(b)  Definition of Fiscal Year
The company’s fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in December.  Fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were comprised of 52 weeks.

(c)  Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(d)  Use of Estimates
Management of the company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 (e)  Reclassifications
The company reclassified certain immaterial amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Income.

(f) Cash and Cash Equivalents  
The company considers investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  Investment amounts classified as cash equivalents as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008 totaled $52.3 million and $51.6 million, respectively.

(g)  Marketable Securities
Marketable securities consist of Pennsylvania tax-free state and municipal bonds and equity securities.  By policy, the company invests primarily in high-grade marketable securities.  The company classifies all of its marketable securities as available-for-sale.

Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value as determined by quoted market price based on national markets.  Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.  A decline in the fair value below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to earnings and the establishment of a new cost basis for the security.  Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned.  Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities.

(h)  Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are stated net of an allowance for uncollectible accounts of $969,000 and $673,000 as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, respectively.  The reserve balance relates to amounts due from pharmacy third party providers and customer returned checks.  The company maintains an allowance for the amount of receivables deemed to be uncollectible and calculates this amount based upon historical collection activity adjusted for current conditions.  Customer electronic payments accepted at the point of sale are classified as accounts receivable until collected.

 
Page 22 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies   (continued )

(i)  Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, using both the last-in, first-out (LIFO) and average cost methods.  The company evaluates inventory shortages throughout the year based on actual physical counts in its facilities.  Allowances for inventory shortages are recorded based on the results of these counts and to provide for estimated shortages from the last physical count to the financial statement date.  See additional disclosures regarding inventories in Note 3.

 (j)  Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation is provided on the cost of buildings and improvements and equipment principally using accelerated methods.  Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight line method over the terms of the leases or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.

Maintenance and repairs are expensed and renewals and betterments are capitalized.  When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any profit or loss on the disposition is credited or charged to “Operating, general and administrative expenses.”

(k)  Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are not amortized until their useful life is determined to be no longer indefinite and are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.  Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment for each reporting unit, on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances.

To derive the fair value of the company’s sole reporting unit, the company uses an income approach along with an analysis of its stock value. Under the income approach, fair value of a reporting unit is determined based on estimated future cash flows discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk of the company.  Estimated future cash flows are based on the company’s internal projection model.  The stock value evaluation consists of measuring the average market capitalization of the company against its total asset value of its sole reporting unit.  The company completes its impairment test in the third quarter of each fiscal year.

The results of the impairment test are subject to management’s estimates and assumptions of projected cash flows and operating results.  The company believes that, based on current conditions, materially different reported results are not likely to result from long-lived asset impairments.  However, a change in assumptions or market conditions could result in a change in estimated future cash flows and the likelihood of materially different reported results.

Intangible assets with a definite useful life are generally amortized over periods ranging from 15 to 20 years.  Estimated amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is approximately $359,000 in 2010, $329,000 in 2011, $325,000 in 2012, $321,000 in 2013, and $236,000 in 2014.  As of December 26, 2009, the company has no intangible assets, other than goodwill, with indefinite lives.

(l)  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The company periodically evaluates the period of depreciation or amortization for long-lived assets to determine whether current circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.  The company reviews its property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  An impairment loss would be recorded for the excess of net book value over the fair value of the asset impaired.   The fair value is estimated based on expected discounted future cash flows.

With respect to owned property and equipment associated with closed stores, the value of the property and equipment is adjusted to reflect recoverable values based on the company’s prior history of disposing of similar assets and current economic conditions.

 
Page 23 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies   (continued )

(l)  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (continued)
The results of impairment tests are subject to management’s estimates and assumptions of projected cash flows and operating results.  The company believes that, based on current conditions, materially different reported results are not likely to result from long-lived asset impairments.  However, a change in assumptions or market conditions could result in a change in estimated future cash flows and the likelihood of materially different reported results.

(m)  Store Closing Costs
The company provides for closed store liabilities relating to the estimated post-closing lease liabilities and related other exit costs associated with the store closing commitments.  The closed store liabilities are usually paid over the lease terms associated with the closed stores having remaining terms ranging from one to nine years.  Closed store lease liabilities totaled $863,000 and $1.5 million as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008 , respectively.   The company estimates the lease liabilities, net of estimated sublease income, using the undiscounted rent payments of closed stores.

(n)  Self-Insurance
The company is self-insured for a majority of its workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle accident and associate medical benefit claims.  Self-insurance costs are accrued based upon the aggregate of the liability for reported claims and an estimated liability for claims incurred but not reported.  The company is liable for associate health claims up to a lifetime aggregate of $1,000,000 per member and for workers’ compensation claims up to $2,000,000 per claim.  Property and casualty insurance coverage is maintained with outside carriers at deductible or retention levels ranging from $100,000 to $1,000,000.

(o)  Stock Option Plan
As of December 31, 2004, no awards may be granted under the company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan.  The last options granted under the Plan in 2002 will expire in 2010.  See additional disclosures regarding remaining outstanding options in Note 7.

(p)  Income Taxes
The company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

(q)  Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share are based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share are based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, plus the incremental shares that would have been outstanding upon the assumed exercise of all dilutive stock options, subject to antidilution limitations.  Basic and diluted earnings per share are the same amounts for each period presented.

 
Page 24 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies   (continued )

(r)  Revenue Recognition
Revenue from the sale of products to the company’s customers is recognized at the point of sale.  Discounts provided to customers at the point of sale through the Weis Club Preferred Shopper loyalty program are recognized as a reduction in sales as products are sold.  Periodically, the company will run a point based sales incentive program that rewards customers with future sales discounts.  The company makes reasonable and reliable estimates of the amount of future discounts based upon historical experience and its customer data tracking software.  Sales are reduced by these estimates over the life of the program.  Discounts to customers at the point of sale provided by vendors, usually in the form of paper coupons, are not recognized as a reduction in sales provided the discounts are redeemable at any retailer that accepts those discounts.  The company records “Deferred revenue” for the sale of gift cards and revenue is recognized in “Net sales” at the time of customer redemption for products.  Gift card breakage income is recognized based upon historical redemption patterns and represents the balance of gift cards for which the company believes the likelihood of redemption by the customer is remote.  The company recognized gift card breakage income of $665,000 and $1.0 million during fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Fiscal 2008 was the first year in which the company recognized gift card breakage income, and therefore, the amount recognized includes the gift card breakage income related to gift cards sold since the inception of the gift card program.  The resolution of certain legal matters associated with gift card liabilities prompted management to initiate a change in accounting estimate.  This income is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a reduction in “Operating, general and administrative expenses.”  Merchandise return activity is immaterial to revenues.

(s)  Cost of Sales, Including Warehousing and Distribution Expenses
“Cost of sales, including warehousing and distribution expenses” consists of direct product costs (net of discounts and allowances), warehouse costs, transportation costs and manufacturing facility costs.

(t)  Vendor Allowances
Vendor allowances that relate to the company's buying and merchandising activities are recorded as a reduction of cost of sales as they are earned, in accordance with its underlying agreement.  Off-invoice and bill-back allowances are used to reduce direct product costs upon the receipt of goods.  Promotional rebates and credits are accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and recognized when the related inventory is sold.  Volume incentive discounts are realized as a reduction of cost of sales at the time it is deemed probable and reasonably estimable that the incentive target will be reached.  Long-term contract incentives, which require an exclusive vendor relationship, are allocated over the life of the contract.  Promotional allowance funds for specific vendor-sponsored programs are recognized as a reduction of cost of sales as the program occurs and the funds are earned per the agreement.  Cash discounts for prompt payment of invoices are realized in cost of sales as invoices are paid.  Warehouse and back-haul allowances provided by suppliers for distributing their product through our distribution system are recorded in cost of sales as the required performance is completed.  Warehouse rack and slotting allowances are recorded in cost of sales when new items are initially set up in the company's distribution system, which is when the related expenses are incurred and performance under the agreement is complete.  Swell allowances for damaged goods are realized in cost of sales as provided by the supplier, helping to offset product shrink losses also recorded in cost of sales.

Vendor allowances recorded as credits in cost of sales totaled $54.8 million in 2009, $51.2 million in 2008, and $44.6 million in 2007.  Vendor paid cooperative advertising credits totaled $17.1 million in 2009, $15.1 million in 2008, and $16.7 million in 2007.  These credits were netted against advertising costs within “Operating, general and administrative expenses.”  The company had accounts receivable due from vendors of $386,000 and $589,000 for earned advertising credits and $3.9 million and $5.3 million for earned promotional discounts as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, respectively.  The company had $2.2 million and $2.4 million in unearned income included in accrued liabilities for unearned vendor programs under long-term contracts for display and shelf space allocation as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, respectively.

(u)  Operating, General and Administrative Expenses
Business operating costs including expenses generated from administration and purchasing functions, are recorded in “Operating, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  Business operating costs include items such as wages, benefits, utilities, repairs and maintenance, advertising costs and credits, rent, insurance, equipment depreciation, leasehold amortization and costs for outside provided services.

 
Page 25 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies   (continued )

(v)  Advertising Costs
The company expenses advertising costs as incurred.  The company recorded advertising expense, before vendor paid cooperative advertising credits, of $23.4 million in 2009, $25.0 million in 2008, and $25.2 million in 2007 in “Operating, general and administrative expenses.”

(w)  Rental Income
The company leases or subleases space to tenants in owned, vacated and open store facilities.  Rental income is recorded when earned as a component of “Operating, general and administrative expenses.”  All leases are operating leases, as disclosed in Note 5, and do not contain upfront considerations.

(x)  Current Relevant Accounting Standards
In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments.  The guidance is intended to provide greater clarity to investors about the credit and noncredit component of an other-than-temporary impairment event and to more effectively communicate when an other-than-temporary impairment event has occurred.  The guidance applies to fixed maturity securities only and requires separate display of losses related to credit deterioration and losses related to other market factors.  When an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not that an entity will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it must recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income.  In addition, upon adoption of the guidance, an entity will be required to record a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the beginning of the period of adoption to reclassify the noncredit component of a previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive income.  The guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009.  The company adopted the guidance effective for the second quarter ending June 27, 2009.  Adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on factors to consider in determining fair value when there has been a significant decrease in market activity for a financial asset or liability.  The authoritative guidance is provided to assist both issuers and users of financial statements in determining whether a market is active or inactive, and whether a transaction is distressed.  The guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and shall be applied prospectively.  The company adopted the guidance effective for the second quarter ending June 27, 2009.  Adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on business combinations.  The guidance retains the fundamental requirements that the acquisition method of accounting (previously referred to as the purchase method of accounting) be used for all business combinations, but requires a number of changes, including changes regarding initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination.  The guidance was effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  The company adopted the guidance as of December 28, 2008.  On August 23, 2009, Weis Markets, Inc. acquired eleven Giant Markets stores located in Broome County, New York.  The acquisition produced no contingent assets or liabilities and the acquisition costs were properly recorded.  Adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the company's consolidated financial statements.  See Note 10 Acquisition of Business.

In May 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on subsequent events.  The guidance establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued.  The guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009.  The company adopted the guidance effective for the second quarter ending June 27, 2009.  Adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the company’s consolidated financial statements.  The company evaluated subsequent events and there were no material subsequent events which require further disclosure.

 
Page 26 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies   (continued )

(x)  Current Relevant Accounting Standards (continued)
In June 2009, the FASB issued the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). The ASC has become the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP).  The ASC only changes the referencing of financial accounting standards and does not change or alter existing U.S. GAAP.  The ASC was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods ending after September 15, 2009.  The company adopted the guidance effective for the third quarter ending September 26, 2009.  The adoption of the ASC did not have an impact on the company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2  Marketable Securities
Marketable securities, as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, consisted of:

         
Gross
   
Gross
       
         
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
       
(dollars in thousands)
 
Amortized
   
Holding
   
Holding
   
Fair
 
December 26, 2009
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale:
                       
Pennsylvania state and municipal bonds
  $ 8,295     $ 132     $     $ 8,427  
Equity securities
    1,874       7,804       26       9,652  
    $ 10,169     $ 7,936     $ 26     $ 18,079  

         
Gross
   
Gross
       
         
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
       
(dollars in thousands)
 
Amortized
   
Holding
   
Holding
   
Fair
 
December 27, 2008
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale:
                       
Pennsylvania state and municipal bonds
  $ 10,399     $ 101     $ 17     $ 10,483  
Equity securities
    1,874       7,746       35       9,585  
    $ 12,273     $ 7,847     $ 52     $ 20,068  

Maturities of marketable securities classified as available-for-sale at December 26, 2009, were as follows:

   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
Cost
   
Value
 
Available-for-sale:
           
Due within one year
  $ 6,235     $ 6,323  
Due after one year through five years
    2,060       2,104  
Equity securities
    1,874       9,652  
    $ 10,169     $ 18,079  

See additional disclosures regarding marketable securities in Notes 1(g) and 12.

 
Page 27 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 3  Inventories
Merchandise inventories, as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, were valued as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
LIFO
  $ 177,807     $ 144,826  
Average cost
    45,208       42,607  
    $ 223,015     $ 187,433  

Management believes the use of the LIFO method for valuing certain inventories represents the most appropriate matching of costs and revenues in the company’s circumstances.  If all inventories were valued on the average cost method, which approximates current cost, total inventories would have been $65,490,000 and $66,316,000 higher than as reported on the above methods as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, respectively.  During 2008, the company had certain decrements in its LIFO pools, which had an insignificant impact on the cost of sales.

Note 4  Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, consisted of:

   
Useful Life
             
(dollars in thousands)
 
( in years)
   
2009
   
2008
 
Land
 
 
    $ 86,193     $ 86,003  
Buildings and improvements
 
10-60
      427,797       417,954  
Equipment
 
3-12
      682,622       646,427  
Leasehold improvements
 
5-20
      139,418       136,589  
Total, at cost
          1,336,030       1,286,973  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
          825,148       775,860  
          $ 510,882     $ 511,113  

Note 5  Lease Commitments
At December 26, 2009, the company leased approximately 57% of its open store facilities under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2028.  These leases generally provide for fixed annual rentals; however, several provide for minimum annual rentals plus contingent rentals as a percentage of annual sales and a number of leases require the company to pay for all or a portion of insurance, real estate taxes, water and sewer rentals, and repairs, the cost of which is charged to the related expense category rather than being accounted for as rent expense.  Most of the leases contain multiple renewal options, under which the company may extend the lease terms from 5 to 20 years.  Rents on operating leases, including agreements with step rents, are charged to expense on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term.  The company does not have any leases that include capital improvement funding or other lease concessions.

Rent expense and income on all leases consisted of:

(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Minimum annual rentals
  $ 31,436     $ 30,733     $ 30,370  
Contingent rentals
    569       473       354  
Lease or sublease income
    (6,482 )     (6,206 )     (6,466 )
    $ 25,523     $ 25,000     $ 24,258  
 
 
Page 28 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 
WEIS MARKETS, INC.
Note 5  Lease Commitments (continued)
The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases and total minimum sublease and lease rental income to be received that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 26, 2009.

(dollars in thousands)
 
Leases
   
Subleases
 
2010
  $ 30,592     $ (3,677 )
2011
    28,759       (3,084 )
2012
    25,911       (1,651 )
2013
    25,385       (881 )
2014
    24,077       (491 )
Thereafter
    106,729       (1,886 )
    $ 241,453     $ (11,670 )

The company has $134,000 accrued as of December 26, 2009, for future minimum rental payments due on previously closed stores, reduced by the estimated sublease income to be received.  The future minimum rental payments required under operating leases and estimated sublease income for these locations are included in the above schedule.

Note 6  Retirement Plans
The company has a contributory retirement savings plan, the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, covering substantially all full-time associates.  The company had a noncontributory profit-sharing plan, the Weis Markets, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, covering eligible associates which included certain salaried associates, store management and administrative support personnel.  Effective December 1, 2009, the Weis Markets, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan was merged into the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan.  The company also has three supplemental retirement plans covering highly compensated employees of the company.  The company’s policy is to fund all qualified retirement plan costs as accrued, but not supplemental retirement costs.  Employer contributions to the qualified retirement plans are made at the sole discretion of the company.

As of December 31, 2006, the Weis Markets, Inc. Employee Stock Bonus Plan was terminated, and subsequently all plan assets were distributed to participants or beneficiaries by December 31, 2009.

Retirement plan costs:
(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Retirement savings plan
  $ 1,070     $ 1,095     $ 1,034  
Profit-sharing plan
    2,000       900       922  
Employee stock bonus plan
    2              
Deferred compensation plan
    570       525       435  
Supplemental retirement plan
    1,304       (1,976 )     396  
Pharmacist deferred compensation plan
    (4 )     3       (75 )
    $ 4,942     $ 547     $ 2,712  

The company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the payment of specific amounts of annual retirement benefits to certain officers or their beneficiaries over an actuarially computed normal life expectancy.  The benefits are determined through actuarial calculations dependent on the age of the recipient, using an assumed discount rate.  The plan is unfunded and accounted for on an accrual basis.  The projected benefit obligations are equal to the liability for pension benefits included in “Accrued expenses” and “Postretirement benefit obligations” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 
Page 29 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 6  Retirement Plans (continued)
Change in the benefit obligations:
(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
Benefit obligations at beginning of year
  $ 7,068     $ 6,775  
Interest cost
    513       491  
Benefit payments
    ( 232 )     (232 )
Actuarial gain
    57       34  
    $ 7,406     $ 7,068  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
 
2009
   
2008
 
Discount rate
    7.50 %     7.50 %

Components of net periodic benefit cost:
(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Interest cost
  $ 513     $ 491     $ 475  
Amount of recognized gain
    175       198       271  

Estimated future benefit payments:
(dollars in thousands)
 
Benefits
 
2010
  $ 232  
2011
    1,397  
2012
    1,397  
2013
    1,397  
2014
    1,397  
2015 – 2019
    6,986  

The company also maintains a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan and a non-qualified pharmacist deferred compensation plan for certain of its associates.  These plans are designed to provide retirement benefits and salary deferral opportunities because of limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations implemented by the Internal Revenue Service.  These plans are unfunded and accounted for on an accrual basis.  Participants in these plans are excluded from participation in the profit sharing portion of the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan.  The Board of Directors annually determines the amount of the allocation to the plans at its sole discretion.  The allocation among the various plan participants is made in relationship to their compensation, years of service and job performance.  Plan participants are 100% vested in their accounts after six years of service with the company.  Benefits are distributed among participants upon reaching the applicable retirement age.  Substantial risk of benefit forfeiture does exist for participants in these plans.  The present value of accumulated benefits amounted to $6,675,000 and $5,617,000 at December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, respectively, and is included in “Postretirement benefit obligations” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The company has no other postretirement benefit plans.

 
Page 30 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 7  Stock Option Plan
The company has an incentive stock option plan for officers and other key associates.  Under the terms of the plan, option exercise prices are 100% of the “fair market value” of the shares on the date granted.  Options previously granted are immediately exercisable and expire ten years after date of grant.

Changes during the three years ended December 26, 2009, in options outstanding under the plan were as follows:

   
Weighted-Average
   
Shares
 
   
Exercise Price
   
Under Option
 
Balance, December 30, 2006
  $ 36.04       84,761  
Exercised
  $ 34.97       (35,311 )
Expired
  $ 32.88       (700 )
Forfeited
  $ 36.26       (1,700 )
Balance, December 29, 2007
  $ 36.88       47,050  
Exercised
  $ 34.59       (3,450 )
Expired
  $ 34.31       (1,100 )
Forfeited
  $ 35.95       (950 )
Balance, December 27, 2008
  $ 37.16       41,550  
Expired
  $ 37.94       (8,900 )
Forfeited
  $ 37.42       (25,950 )
Balance, December 26, 2009
  $ 35.13       6,700  

The exercise price for options outstanding as of December 26, 2009 was $35.13.  The weighted-average remaining contractual life of those options is one year.  As of December 26, 2009, all options are exercisable.

Note 8  Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:

(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Current:
                 
Federal
  $ 30,415     $ 17,017     $ 27,069  
State
    3,320       2,155       952  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    1,805       6,843       (1,218 )
State
    (433 )     (2,897 )     (34 )
    $ 35,107     $ 23,118     $ 26,769  

The reconciliation of income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate (35% in 2009, 2008 and 2007) to the provision for income taxes is:

(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Income taxes at federal statutory rate
  $ 34,268     $ 24,540     $ 27,216  
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
    1,877       (483 )     597  
Other
    (1,038 )     (939 )     (1,044 )
Provision for income taxes (effective tax rate 35.9%, 33.0% and 34.4%, respectively)
  $ 35,107     $ 23,118     $ 26,769  

Cash paid for income taxes was $34,305,000, $10,360,000 and $37,411,000 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 
Page 31 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 8  Income Taxes (continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, are:

(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Accounts receivable
  $ 189     $ 133  
Compensated absences
    550       484  
Employee benefit plans
    5,214       7,195  
General liability insurance
    1,410       1,503  
Postretirement benefit obligations
    5,780       5,195  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    3,700       3,700  
Total deferred tax assets
    16,843       18,210  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Inventories
    (6,219 )     (9,674 )
Unrealized gains on marketable securities
    (3,282 )     (3,235 )
Nondeductible accruals and other
    (1,206 )     (426 )
Depreciation
    (27,912 )     (25,232 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (38,619 )     (38,567 )
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (21,776 )   $ (20,357 )
Current deferred liability - net
  $ (3,344 )   $ (4,020 )
Noncurrent deferred liability - net
    (18,432 )     (16,337 )
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (21,776 )   $ (20,357 )

The following table summarizes the activity related to the company’s unrecognized tax benefits:

(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
  $ 800     $ 678  
Increases based on tax positions related to the current year
           
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    125       150  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
           
Settlements
          (28 )
Expiration of the statute of limitations for assessment of taxes
           
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
  $ 925     $ 800  

All of the unrecognized tax benefits, $925,000 for 2009 and $800,000 for 2008, would impact the effective tax rate over time and if recognized would reduce the effective tax rate.  The company accrues interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a part of the provision for income taxes.  The company had $55,000, $55,000 and $40,000 of accrued interest and penalties at December 26, 2009, December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, respectively.  Management anticipates settlement for the majority of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The IRS completed its examination of the company's federal income tax returns for 2003 and 2004.  The company or one of its subsidiaries files tax returns in various states.  The tax years subject to examination in Pennsylvania, where the majority of the company's revenues are generated, are 2003 to 2009.  Pennsylvania is currently examining the tax year 2006 for Corporate Net Income tax purposes and Franchise tax purposes.

 
Page 32 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 9  Comprehensive Income
(dollars in thousands)
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Net income
  $ 62,800     $ 46,995     $ 50,990  
Other comprehensive income by component, net of tax:
                       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period (Net of deferred taxes of $47, $1,970 and $892, respectively)
    68       (2,779 )     1,259  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (Net of deferred taxes of $0, $0 and $2, respectively)
                (4 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    68       (2,779 )     1,255  
Comprehensive income, net of tax
  $ 62,868     $ 44,216     $ 52,245  

Note 10  Acquisition of Business
On August 23, 2009, Weis Markets, Inc. acquired eleven Giant Markets stores located in Broome County, New York including units in Binghamton, Vestal, Endicott, Endwell and Johnson City.  Weis Markets, Inc. acquired the store locations and operations of Giant Markets in an effort to establish its retail presence in the Southern Tier.  The results of operations of the Giant Markets acquisition are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.  The Giant Markets acquisition contributed $58.8 million to sales in 2009.

The cash purchase price paid to Giant Markets was $35.8 million. The purchased assets include inventories, equipment and goodwill. Weis Markets, Inc. assumed one lease obligation in the acquisition of the Giant Markets stores and entered into ten new lease agreements.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired at the date of acquisition.  The fair value of the acquired assets is reported below.

(dollars in thousands)
 
August 23, 2009
 
Inventories
  $ 7,802  
Equipment
    8,560  
Goodwill
    19,440  
Total Assets Acquired
  $ 35,802  

Goodwill of $19.4 million has been recorded, based upon the expected benefits to be derived from the business combination.  The entire $19.4 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Note 11  Summary of Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
Quarterly financial data for 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands,
except per share amounts)
 
Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
   
March 28, 2009
   
June 27, 2009
   
Sep. 26, 2009
   
Dec. 26, 2009
 
Net sales
  $ 606,239     $ 615,378     $ 623,158     $ 671,400  
Gross profit on sales
    163,561       165,999       171,125       177,833  
Net income
    16,518       15,205       15,554       15,523  
Basic and diluted earnings per share
    .61       .56       .58       .58  
                                 
(dollars in thousands,
                               
except per share amounts)
 
Thirteen Weeks Ended
 
   
March 29, 2008
   
June 28, 2008
   
Sep. 27, 2008
   
Dec. 27, 2008
 
Net sales
  $ 595,666     $ 603,393     $ 603,894     $ 619,408  
Gross profit on sales
    152,722       158,084       156,362       159,789  
Net income
    9,056       12,836       8,091       17,012  
Basic and diluted earnings per share
    .34       .48       .30       .63  

 
Page 33 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Note 12  Fair Value Information
The carrying amounts for cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturities of these instruments.  The fair values of the company’s marketable securities, as disclosed in Note 2, are based on quoted market prices.

Note 13  Contingencies
The company is involved in various legal actions arising out of the normal course of business.  The company also accrues for tax contingencies when it is probable that a liability to a taxing authority has been incurred and the amount of the contingency can be reasonably estimated, based on past experience.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Weis Markets, Inc.
Sunbury, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Weis Markets, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2009, December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007 (52 weeks, 52 weeks and 52 weeks, respectively).  Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statements schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(c)(3). We have also audited Weis Markets, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 26, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  Weis Market, Inc. and subsidiaries' management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting which is included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and an opinion on the effectiveness of Weis Markets, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 
Page 34 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (continued)
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Weis Markets, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2009, December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007 (52 weeks, 52 weeks and 52 weeks, respectively) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, Weis Markets, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 26, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

/S/Grant Thornton LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 11, 2010

Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure:

None.

Item 9a.
Controls and Procedures:

Management’s Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the company (its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) have concluded, based on their evaluation as of the close of the period covered by this Report, that the company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  The company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.  In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework.  All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, management concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 26, 2009.

The effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting as of the fiscal year end, has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which can be found in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 
Page 35 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 9a.
Controls and Procedures: (continued)

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 26, 2009, that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9b.
Other Information:

There was no information required on Form 8-K during this quarter that was not reported.

PART III

Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance:

“Election of Directors,” “Board Committees and Meeting Attendance, Audit Committee,” “Corporate Governance Matters,” “Compensation Tables” and “Stock Ownership, Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Weis Markets, Inc. definitive proxy statement dated March 11, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.
Executive Compensation:

“Board Committees and Meeting Attendance, Compensation Committee,” “Executive Compensation, Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Tables” and “Other Information Concerning the Board of Directors, Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the Weis Markets, Inc. definitive proxy statement dated March 11, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters:

“Stock Ownership” of the Weis Markets, Inc. definitive proxy statement dated March 11, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.  Equity compensation plan information is included in Part II, Item 8, “Note 7 Stock Option Plan” of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence:

“Other Information Concerning the Board of Directors, Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions” and “Independence of Directors” of the Weis Markets, Inc. definitive proxy statement dated March 11, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services:

“Ratification Of Appointment Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Weis Markets, Inc. definitive proxy statement dated March 11, 2010 is incorporated herein by reference.

 
Page 36 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

PART IV

Item 15.       Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules:

(a)(1)   The company’s 2009 Consolidated Financial Statements and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Item 8 of Part II.

Financial Statements
 
Page
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
18
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
19
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
 
20
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
21
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
22
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  
34

(a)(2)
Financial statement schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this form, and by Item 15(c)(3) below:
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, page 38 of this annual report on Form 10-K

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(a)(3)  A listing of exhibits filed or incorporated by reference is as follows:

Exhibit No.
 
Exhibits
3-A
 
Articles of Incorporation, filed as exhibit 4.1 in Form S-8 on September 13, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
     
3-B
 
By-Laws, filed as exhibit under Part IV, Item 14(c) in the annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
     
10-A
 
Retirement Savings Plan, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K.
     
10-B
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K
     
10-C
 
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K
     
10-D
 
Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Norman S. Rich, Former President and Chief Executive Officer, signed on March 23, 2006, commencing on January 1, 2006 and continuing thereafter through December 31, 2008, filed on Form 8-K March 24, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.  *
     
10-E
 
Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and William R. Mills, Former Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, signed on June 27, 2007, commencing on January 1, 2008 and continuing thereafter through December 31, 2010, filed on Form 8-K June 29, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.  *
     
10-F
 
Executive Benefits Agreement between the Company and Robert F. Weis, Chairman of the Board, signed on March 24, 2006, commencing immediately and continuing thereafter through December 31, 2023, filed on Form 8-K March 24, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.  *
     
10-G
 
Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and David J. Hepfinger, President and Chief Executive Officer, signed on March 6, 2008, commencing on March 1, 2008 and continuing thereafter through February 28, 2010, filed on Form 8-K March 6, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.  *
     
10-H
 
Deferred Compensation Agreement between the Company and Mr. Robert F. Weis, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K.  *
     
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K
     
23
 
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K
     
31.1
 
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification - CEO, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K
     
31.2
 
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification - CFO, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K
     
32
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, filed with this annual report on Form 10-K

*  Management contract or compensatory plan arrangement.

The company will provide a copy of any exhibit upon receipt of a written request for the particular exhibit or exhibits desired.  All requests should be addressed to the company’s principal executive offices.
(b)  The company files as exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K, those exhibits listed in Item 15(a)(3) above.

 
Page 37 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 
 
WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Item 15(c)(3). Financial Statement Schedules:

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts:

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
WEIS MARKETS, INC.
(dollars in thousands)
 
Col. A
 
Col. B
   
Col. C
   
Col. D
   
Col. E
 
         
Additions
             
   
Balance at
   
Charged to
   
Charged to
         
Balance at
 
   
Beginning
   
Costs and
   
Accounts
   
Deductions
   
End of
 
Description
 
of Period
   
Expenses
   
Describe
   
Describe (1)
   
Period
 
Fiscal Year ended December 26, 2009:
                             
Deducted from asset accounts:
                             
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  $ 673     $ 859     $     $ 563     $ 969  
                                         
Fiscal Year ended December 27, 2008:
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  $ 1,147     $ 619     $     $ 1,093     $ 673  
                                         
Fiscal Year ended December 29, 2007:
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  $ 1,122     $ 1,140     $     $ 1,115     $ 1,147  
 
(1) Deductions are uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
Page 38 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 
WEIS MARKETS, INC.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

   
WEIS MARKETS, INC.
   
(Registrant)
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/David J. Hepfinger
   
David J. Hepfinger
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
and Director
 
  
(principal executive officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Robert F. Weis
   
Robert F. Weis
   
Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Jonathan H. Weis
   
Jonathan H. Weis
   
Vice Chairman and Secretary
   
and Director
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/David J. Hepfinger
   
David J. Hepfinger
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
and Director
   
(principal executive officer)
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Scott F. Frost
   
Scott F. Frost
   
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
   
and Treasurer
   
(principal financial officer)
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Richard E. Shulman
   
Richard E. Shulman
   
Director
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Steven C. Smith
   
Steven C. Smith
   
Director
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Glenn D. Steele, Jr.
   
Glenn D. Steele, Jr.
   
Director
     
Date   03/11/2010
 
/S/Paul M. Stombaugh
   
Paul M. Stombaugh
   
Corporate Controller
 
  
(principal accounting officer)

 
Page 39 of 39 (Form 10-K)

 

 

Exhibit 10-A

  Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
 
Originally Effective
July 1, 1994
 
As Amended And Restated Effective
January 1, 2009

 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
PREAMBLE
 
This amended and restated plan, executed on the date indicated at the end hereof, is made effective as of January 1, 2009, except as provided otherwise in Section 1.3(c), by Weis Markets, Inc., a corporation, with its principal office located in Sunbury, Pennsylvania.
 
WITNESSETH:
 
WHEREAS, effective July 1, 1994, the employer established the plan for its employees and desires to continue to maintain a permanent qualified plan in order to provide its employees and their beneficiaries with financial security in the event of retirement, disability, or death; and
 
WHEREAS, it is desired to amend said plan;
 
NOW THEREFORE, the premises considered, the original plan is hereby replaced by this amended and restated plan, and the following are the provisions of the qualified plan of the employer as restated herein; provided, however, that each employee who was previously a participant shall remain a participant, and no employee who was a participant in the plan before the date of amendment shall receive a benefit under this amended plan which is less than the benefit he was then entitled to receive under the plan as of the day prior to the amendment.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
1
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
ARTICLE I – DEFINITIONS
 
 
Section 1.1 – References
 
(a)
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
(b)
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
Section 1.2 – Compensation
 
(a)
Compensation means, except as provided in Section 1.2(b) hereof, any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for federal income tax withholding purposes and earned income, plus elective contributions, for the determination period.  For this purpose, the determination period is the plan year.  Such earnings shall include any amount contributed to a Roth elective deferral account under this or any other qualified plan.  However, compensation shall not include any earnings reportable as W-2 wages that are payable following the termination of employment pursuant to a severance agreement.
 
Elective contributions are amounts excludable from the employee’s gross income and contributed by the employer, at the employee’s election to:
 
 
·
A cafeteria plan (excludable under Code section 125 and as provided in Section 5.1(c)(2));
 
 
·
A Code section 401(k) arrangement (excludable under Code section 402(e)(3));
 
 
·
A simplified employee pension (excludable under Code section 402(h));
 
 
·
A tax sheltered annuity (excludable under Code section 403(b));
 
 
·
A deferred compensation plan excludable under Code section 457(b); or
 
 
·
A Code section 132(f)(4) qualified transportation fringe benefit plan.
 
"Earned Income" means net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the employer has established the plan, provided that personal services of the individual are a material income producing factor.  Net earnings shall be determined without regard to items excluded from gross income and the deductions allocable to those items.  Net earnings shall be determined after the deduction allowed to the self-employed individual for all contributions made by the employer to a qualified plan and, for plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, the deduction allowed to the self-employed under Code section 164(f) for self-employment taxes.
 
Any reference in this plan to compensation shall be a reference to the definition in this Section 1.2, unless the plan reference specifies a modification to this definition.  The plan administrator shall take into account only compensation actually paid by the employer for the relevant period.  A compensation payment includes compensation by the employer through another person under the common paymaster provisions in Code sections 3121 and 3306.  Compensation from an employer that is not a participating employer under this plan shall be excluded.
 
(b)
Exclusions From Compensation – Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.2(a), the following types of remuneration shall be excluded from the participant’s compensation:
 
 (1) Exclusions From Compensation for All Allocation Purposes:
 
 
·
Meal Allowances
 
 
·
Auto Personal Use
 
 
·
Sick Pay
 
 
·
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
 
·
Bonuses
 
(2) Additional Exclusions From Compensation for Profit Sharing Contribution Allocation Purposes:
 
 
·
Compensation in excess of $22,000 for Pharmacists with less than 10 years of service.
 
 
·
Compensation in excess of $24,000 for Pharmacists with 10 or more years of service.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
2
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
(c)
Limitations on Compensation – For any plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, the plan administrator shall take into account only the first $200,000 (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code section 401(a)(17)(B) for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2003) of any participant's annual compensation for determining all benefits provided under the plan.  If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a participant's allocations for the current plan year, the compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual compensation limit in effect for that prior period.  For any plan year beginning after December 31, 1993 but before January 1, 2002, the plan administrator shall take into account only the first $150,000 (or, for plan years beginning after December 31, 1994 but before January 1, 2002, such larger amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe) of any participant's compensation for determining all benefits provided under the plan.  The compensation dollar limitation for a plan year shall be the limitation amount in effect on January 1 of the calendar year in which the plan year begins.  Annual compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other 12-consecutive-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the plan (the determination period for purposes of Section 1.2).  If the plan should determine compensation on a period of time that contains less than 12 calendar months (such as for a short plan year), the annual compensation dollar limitation shall be an amount equal to the compensation dollar limitation for the plan year multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the period by 12.
 
(d)
Compensation for Nondiscrimination Testing – For purposes of determining whether the plan discriminates in favor of highly compensated employees, compensation means compensation as defined in this Section 1.2, except that the employer will not give effect to any exclusion from compensation specified in Section 1.2(b).
 
For this purpose, compensation shall include compensation paid by the employer as defined under Section 1.5(b).  Notwithstanding the above, the employer may amend this plan to exclude from this nondiscrimination definition of compensation any items of compensation excludable under Code section 414(s) and the applicable Treasury regulations, provided such adjusted definition conforms to the nondiscrimination requirements of those regulations.
 
(e)
Compensation for Compliance with Section 5.5 – For purposes of conducting the actual deferral percentage test or the actual contribution percentage test, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) for the entire determination period.
 
Section 1.3 – Dates
 
(a)
Accounting Date means the date(s) on which investment results are allocated to participants’ accounts as set forth below:
 
 
·
With respect to investment funds for which there is a daily market value, the investment results shall be allocated on a daily basis.  For this purpose, daily means as of each business day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open.  The accounting date for dividends that accrue on a daily basis but are paid monthly shall be the dividend distribution date.  The last day of each quarter shall be an investment allocation date for all other investments.
 
(b)
Allocation Date means the date(s) as of which any contribution is allocated to participants' accounts.
 
The profit sharing contribution and forfeitures shall be allocated as of December 31.
 
The allocation period for the profit sharing contribution shall be the plan year.
 
Employer matching contributions shall be allocated as of the last day of each payroll period.
 
The allocation period applicable to a particular employer matching contribution allocation date shall be the period commencing as of the day following the immediately previous allocation date and ending on the particular allocation date.
 
Qualified nonelective contributions shall be allocated as of December 31.
 
The allocation period for the qualified nonelective contribution shall be the plan year.
 
Employee contributions (whether elective deferrals or nondeductible) shall be allocated as of the last day of each payroll period.
 
(c)
The Effective Date of the plan is July 1, 1994.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
3
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
The effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 2009; provided, however, that the plan provision required to comply with the Family and Medical Leave Act shall be effective August 5, 1993, the plan provisions required to comply with the Uniformed Services Employment and Re-Employment Rights Act of 1994 shall be effective December 12, 1994, the plan provisions required to comply with the Retirement Protection Act of 1994 shall generally be effective on the first day of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1994, the plan provisions required to comply with the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 shall generally be effective on the first day of the plan year beginning after December 31, 1996, the plan provisions required to comply with the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 shall generally be effective on the first day of the plan year beginning after August 5, 1997, and the plan provisions required to comply with the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 shall generally be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, except as specified otherwise in this plan or in said Acts.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions noted below shall become effective on the date indicated.  The prior provisions of the plan shall continue in effect until such indicated effective date.
 
Provision
 
Effective Date
Section 1.2(b) Exclusions from Compensation
 
December 1, 2009
Section 1.3(a) Accounting Date
 
October 1, 2009
Section 1.3(b) Allocation Date
 
October 1, 2009
Section 1.10(c)(3) Predecessor Service
 
October 1, 2009
Section 2.2 Plan Participation
 
December 1, 2009
Sections 3.2 and 3.2(A)
 
December 1, 2009
Section 3.6(c) Conditions for Allocations
 
October 1, 2009
Section 3.8(b) Investment Elections
 
October 1, 2009
Section 4.2(a)(6)(A) Profit Sharing Account
 
December 1, 2009
Section 4.2(c)(1) Profit Sharing Account
 
December 1, 2009
Section 4.3(a)(3) Payment Upon Other Termination of Employment
 
October 1, 2009
Section 4.3(b) Form of Payment
 
October 1, 2009
Section 4.3(c)(1) General Payment Provisions
 
October 1, 2009
Section 4.4(a) Withdrawals
 
December 1, 2009
 
The $5,000 dollar amount appearing in Sections 4.2(b), 4.2(c), 4.3(d), 4.4(b) and 4.5 shall be effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 1997.  Prior to such effective date, the dollar amount shall be $3,500 as provided under the prior provisions of the plan.
 
(d)
Plan Entry Date means the participation date(s) specified in Article II.
 
(e)
Plan Year means the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.
 
 
(f)
Limitation Year means the 12-consecutive-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.
 
Section 1.4 – Employee
 
        (a)
(1)
Employee means any person employed by the employer, including an owner-employee or other self-employed individual (as defined in Section 1.4(a)(3)).  The term employee shall include any employee of the employer as defined in Section 1.5(b).  The term employee shall also include any leased employee deemed to be an employee of any such employer as provided in Code section 414(n) or (o) and as defined in Section 1.4(a)(2).
 
 
(2)
Leased Employee means an individual (who otherwise is not an employee of the employer) who, pursuant to a leasing agreement between the employer and any other person, has performed services for the employer (or for the employer and any persons related to the employer within the meaning of Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for at least one year and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the employer.  If a leased employee is treated as an employee by reason of this Section 1.4(a)(2), compensation from the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the employer shall be considered as compensation under the plan.  Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the employer shall be treated as provided by the employer.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
4
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
Safe harbor plan exception – The plan shall not treat a leased employee as an employee if the leasing organization covers the employee in a safe harbor plan and, prior to application of this safe harbor plan exception, 20% or less of the employer's nonhighly compensated employees are leased employees. A safe harbor plan is a money purchase pension plan providing immediate participation, full and immediate vesting, and a nonintegrated contribution formula equal to at least 10% of the employee's compensation without regard to employment by the leasing organization on a specified date. The safe harbor plan must determine the 10% contribution on the basis of compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2).
 
 
(3)
Owner-Employee/Self-Employed Individual – Owner-employee means a self-employed individual who is a sole proprietor (if the employer is a sole proprietorship) or who is a partner (if the employer is a partnership) owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.  Self-employed individual means an individual who has earned income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the plan is established, or who would have had earned income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.
 
(b)
Highly Compensated Employee means any employee who:
 
 
(1)
was a more than 5% owner of the employer (applying the constructive ownership rules of Code section 318, and applying the principles of Code section 318, for an unincorporated entity) at any time during the current plan year or the look-back year; or
 
 
(2)
for the look-back year –
 
 
(A)
had compensation from the employer (as defined under Section 1.5(b)) in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue pursuant to Code section 415(d), except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996), and
 
 
(B)
if the employer elects the application of this Subparagraph for such look-back year, was in the top-paid group of employees for such look-back year.  For this purpose, an employee is in the top-paid group of employees for any look-back year if such employee is in the group consisting of the top 20% of the employees when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such look-back year.
 
The look-back year is the twelve-month period immediately preceding the current plan year.  The term highly compensated employee also includes any former employee who separated from service (or has a deemed separation from service, as determined under Treasury regulations) prior to the plan year, performs no service for the employer during the plan year, and was a highly compensated employee either for the separation plan year or any plan year ending on or after his 55th birthday, based on the applicable rules in effect for such plan year.
 
For purposes of determining who is a highly compensated employee under this Section 1.4(b), compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) without regard to Section 1.2(b).
 
The plan administrator shall make the determination of who is a highly compensated employee.
 
This Section 1.4(b) is effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 1996, except that, in determining whether an employee is a highly compensated employee in 1997, this provision shall be treated as having been in effect for the last plan year beginning before January 1, 1997.
 
(c)
Nonhighly Compensated Employee means any employee who is not a highly compensated employee.
 
Section 1.5 – Employer
 
(a)
Employer means Weis Markets, Inc. or any successor entity by merger, purchase, consolidation, or otherwise; or an organization affiliated with the employer that may assume the obligations of this plan with respect to its employees by becoming a party to this plan.  Another employer, whether or not it is affiliated with the sponsor employer, may adopt this plan to cover its employees by filing with the sponsor employer a written resolution adopting the plan, upon which the sponsor employer shall indicate its acceptance of such employer as an employer under the plan.  Each such employer shall be deemed to be the employer only as to persons who are on its payroll.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
5
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
The following employers have adopted this plan and have been accepted by the sponsor employer on or before the date this document is executed:
 
SuperPetz, LLC
 
(b)
Employer for Compliance Testing – For purposes of determining whether the plan satisfies the participation coverage requirements of Code section 410(b) and the limitations on benefits and allocations under Code section 415, employer shall mean the employer that adopts this plan as set forth in Section 1.5(a), and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code section 414(b)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code section 414(c)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code section 414(m)) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the employer pursuant to regulations under Code section 414(o).
 
Section 1.6 – Fiduciaries
 
(a)
Named Fiduciary means the person or persons having fiduciary responsibility for the management and control of plan assets.
 
(b)
Plan A dministrator means the person or persons appointed by the named fiduciary to administer the plan.
 
(c)
Trustee means the trustee named in the trust agreement executed pursuant to this plan, or any duly appointed successor trustee.
 
(d)
Investment Manager means a person or corporation other than the trustee appointed for the investment of plan assets.
 
Section 1.7 – Participant/Beneficiary/Spouse/Dependent
 
(a)
Participant means an eligible employee of the employer who becomes a member of the plan pursuant to the provisions of Article II, or a former employee who has an accrued benefit under the plan.  A participant shall be treated as benefiting under the plan for any plan year during which the participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Regulation section 1.410(b)-3(a).
 
(b)
Beneficiary means a person designated by a participant who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the plan.  A beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under the plan remains a beneficiary under the plan until the trustee has fully distributed his benefit to him.  A beneficiary's right to (and the plan administrator's, or a trustee's duty to provide to the beneficiary) information or data concerning the plan shall not arise until he first becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the plan.
 
(c)
Spouse means the person of the opposite sex married to the participant at the time of the determination and as further defined by section 3 of the Defense of Marriage Act, 1 U.S.C. § 7 (1996).
 
(d)
Dependent means a dependent as defined by Code section 152 without regard to section 152(d)(1)(B).
 
Section 1.8 – Participant Accounts
 
(a)
Profit Sharing Account means the balance of the separate account derived from employer’s profit sharing contributions, including forfeitures (if any) (if so provided under Section 3.2).
 
(b)
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account means the balance of the separate account derived from employer's qualified nonelective contributions (if so provided under Section 3.3).
 
(c)
Employee 401(k) Elective Deferral Account means the balance of the separate account derived from the participant's 401(k) elective deferrals (if so provided under Section 3.4).
 
(d)
Employee Nondeductible Contribution Account means the balance of the separate account derived from the participant’s non-deductible employee contributions (if so provided under Section 3.5).
 
(e)
Employer Matching Contribution Account means the balance of the separate account derived from employer's matching contributions (if so provided under Section 3.6).
 
 
(f)
Qualified Employer Matching Contribution Account means the balance of the separate account derived from employer's qualified matching contributions (if so provided under Section 3.6).
 
(g)
Rollover/Transfer Account means the balance of the separate account derived from rollover contributions and/or transfer contributions (if so provided under Section 3.7).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
6
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
(h)
Accrued Benefit means the total of the participant’s account balances as of the accounting date falling on or before the day on which the accrued benefit is being determined.
 
Section 1.9 – Plan
 
Plan means Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time.
 
Section 1.10 – Service
 
(a)
Service means any period of time the employee is in the employ of the employer, including any period the employee is on an unpaid leave of absence authorized by the employer under a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy applicable to all employees.  Separation from service means that the employee no longer has an employment relationship with the employer.
 
        (b)
(1)
Hour of Service means:
 
 
(A)
Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the employer.  These hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed; and
 
 
(B)
Each hour for which an employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.  No more than 501 hours of service shall be credited under this Subparagraph (B) for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period).  An hour of service shall not be credited to an employee under this Subparagraph (B) if the employee is paid, or entitled to payment, under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws.  Hours under this Subparagraph (B) shall be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations that are incorporated herein by this reference; and
 
 
(C)
Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the employer.  The same hours of service shall not be credited both under Subparagraph (A) or Subparagraph (B), as the case may be, and under this Subparagraph (C).  These hours shall be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.
 
Hours of service shall be determined on the basis of actual hours for which an employee is paid or entitled to payment.  The above provisions shall be construed so as to resolve any ambiguities in favor of crediting employees with hours of service.
 
If, for the purposes of the plan, an employee's records are maintained on other than an hourly basis, the plan administrator, according to uniform rules applicable to a class of employees, may apply the following equivalencies for the purpose of crediting hours of service:
 
Basis Upon Which Records
Are Maintained
 
Credit Granted to Individual if Individual Earns One
or More Hours of Service During Period
Shift
 
Actual hours of full shift
Day
 
10 hours of service
Week
 
45 hours of service
Semi-Monthly Payroll Period
 
95 hours of service
Months of Employment
 
190 hours of service
 
 
(2)
Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the hours of service that would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence.  For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (A) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (B) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (C) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (D) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.  The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited:  (A) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (B) in all other cases, in the following computation period.  No more than 501 hours of service shall be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
7
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(3)
Solely for purposes of determining whether a break in service for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work on unpaid leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act shall receive credit for the hours of service that would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence.  Such an individual shall be treated as actively employed for the purposes of participation and eligibility for an allocation of any employer contribution that may be provided under this plan.  Notwithstanding the preceding, this paragraph shall not apply if the employer or the particular employee is not subject to the requirements of the Family and Medical Leave Act at the time of the absence.
 
 
(4)
Hours of service shall be credited for employment with the employer as defined in Section 1.5(b).  Hours of service shall also be credited for any leased employee who is considered an employee for purposes of this plan under Code section 414(n) or Code section 414(o).
 
        (c)
(1)
Year of Service means a 12-consecutive-month computation period during which the employee completes the required number of hours of service with the employer as specified in Sections 2.1 or 4.1.  No more than one year of service will be credited for any 12-consecutive-month period unless otherwise required by Sections 2.1(c) and 4.1(c).
 
 
(2)
Service With Related Employers – For purposes of crediting years of service, hours of service credited in accordance with Section 1.10(b)(4) shall be taken into account.
 
 
(3)
Predecessor Service – If the employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service with such predecessor employer shall be treated as service for the employer.  If the employer does not maintain the plan of a predecessor employer, then service as an employee of a predecessor employer shall not be considered as service under the plan, except as noted below:
 
 
·
Effective November 18, 1994, with respect to an employee employed by the predecessor employer as of the day immediately prior, service as an employee of Kings Markets, Strasburg store (Store No. 159) shall be considered as service under the plan solely for the purpose of determining eligibility years of service (under Section 2.1).
 
 
·
Effective August 24, 2009, with respect to an employee employed by the predecessor employer as of the day immediately prior, service as an employee of Binghamton Giant Markets, Inc. shall be considered as service under the plan for the purposes of determining eligibility years of service (under Section 2.1) and vesting years of service (under Section 4.1).
 
(d)
Break in Service (or One Year Break in Service) means a 12-consecutive-month computation period during which a participant or former participant does not complete the specified number of hours of service with the employer as set forth in Sections 2.1(b) and 4.1(b).
 
(e)
Qualified Military Service – Notwithstanding any provision of this plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u).  An employee reemployed after qualified military service shall not be treated as having incurred a break in service, for purposes of vesting and benefit accruals, solely because of an absence due to qualified military service.
 
Section 1.11 – Trust
 
(a)
Trust means the qualified trust created under the employer’s plan.
 
(b)
Trust Fund means all property held or acquired by the plan.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
8
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
ARTICLE II – PARTICIPATION
 
Section 2.1 – Eligibility Service
 
(a)
Eligibility Year of Service means an eligibility computation period during which the employee completes at least 1,000 hours of service with the employer.
 
(b)
One Year Break in Service means for the purposes of this Article II an eligibility computation period during which the participant or former participant does not complete more than 500 hours of service with the employer.
 
(c)
Eligibility Computation Period – The initial eligibility computation period shall be the 12-consecutive-month period beginning with the day on which the employee first performs an hour of service for the employer (employment commencement date).
 
Succeeding eligibility computation periods shall coincide with the plan year, beginning with the first plan year that commences prior to the first anniversary of the employee's employment commencement date regardless of whether the employee is credited with the required number of hours of service during the initial eligibility computation period.  An employee who is credited with the required number of hours of service in both the initial eligibility computation period and the first plan year that commences prior to the first anniversary of the employee's employment commencement date shall be credited with two years of service for purposes of eligibility to participate.
 
Section 2.2 – Plan Participation
 
(a)
Eligibility
 
 
 (1)
Eligibility for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
 
 
(A)
Age/Service Requirements – An employee who is a member of the eligible class of employees shall be eligible for participation for the purpose of the employer profit sharing provision after he has satisfied the following participation requirement(s):
 
 
(i)
Completion of 1 year of service.
 
 
(ii)
Attainment of age 21.
 
 
(B)
Eligible Class of Employees – All employees of the employer except those described in (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), and (viii) below shall be eligible for purposes of receiving a profit sharing allocation if employed in the following categories:  Salaried Employee, Level I Department Manager, Head Pharmacist, Assistant Head Pharmacist, Foreman, Corporate Lead Person, Corporate Department Assistant, Corporate Administrative Assistant, Corporate Reorder Buyer, or Corporate Architectural Draftsperson.
 
 
(i)
Individuals not directly employed by the employer as defined in Section 1.5(a) shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing contribution.  An employee of the employer as that term is defined in Section 1.5(b) with respect to the sponsoring employer shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation unless such employee's direct employer affirmatively elects to become a participating employer hereunder.
 
 
(ii)
Employees who became employees as the result of a “Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction.”  These employees shall be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first plan year beginning after the date of the transaction.  A “Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction” is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.
 
 
(iii)
Employees included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the employer and employee representatives shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if less than 2% of the employees of the employer who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Regulation section 1.410(b)-9(g).  For this purpose, the term "employee representatives" does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the employer.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
9
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(iv)
Leased employees who are considered employees under the plan shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation.
 
 
(v)
Employees who are non-resident aliens (as defined in Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who receive no earned income (as defined in Code section 911(d)(2)) from the employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States (as defined in Code section 861(a)(3)) shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation.
 
 
(vi)
Highly compensated employees as defined in Section 1.4(b) shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation.
 
 
(vii)
Employees of Superpetz, LLC shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation.
 
 
(viii)
Employees of Binghamton Giant Markets, Inc. shall not be eligible to receive a profit sharing allocation prior to January 1, 2010.
 
Notwithstanding the above eligible class of employees, the eligible class provisions of the plan before January 1, 2009 shall continue to apply to participants who received profit sharing allocations before January 1, 2009, and to employees who otherwise would have become participants in the Plan by December 31, 2009.
 
 
(2)
Eligibility for All Other Purposes
 
 
(A)
Age/Service Requirements – An employee who is a member of the eligible class of employees shall be eligible for all other purposes under the plan after he has satisfied the following participation requirement(s):
 
 
(i)
Completion of 1 year of service.
 
 
(ii)
Attainment of age 21.
 
 
(B)
Eligible Class of Employees – All employees of the employer shall be eligible for the purposes of this Section 2.2(a)(2) except for employees in the following categories:
 
 
·
Individuals not directly employed by the employer as defined in Section 1.5(a).  An employee of the employer as that term is defined in Section 1.5(b) with respect to the sponsoring employer shall not participate in this plan unless such employee's direct employer affirmatively elects to become a participating employer hereunder.
 
 
·
Employees who became employees as the result of a “Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction.”  These employees shall be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first plan year beginning after the date of the transaction.  A “Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction” is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business.
 
 
·
Employees included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the employer and employee representatives if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if 2% or less of the employees of the employer who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Regulation section 1.410(b)-9.  For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the employer.
 
 
·
Leased employees who are considered employees under the plan.
 
 
·
Employees who are non-resident aliens (as defined in Code section 7701(b)(1)(B)) and who receive no earned income (as defined in Code section 911(d)(2)) from the employer that constitutes income from sources within the United States (as defined in Code section 861(a)(3)).
 
(b)
Entry Date
 
 
(1)
Entry Date for Purposes of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions – An eligible employee shall participate in the plan for the purpose of the employer profit sharing contribution provisions on the earlier of the March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31 coinciding with or immediately following the date on which he has met the age and service requirements, provided he is employed on that date.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
10
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(2)
Entry Date for All Other Purposes – An eligible employee shall participate in the plan for all purposes on the earlier of the March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31 coinciding with or immediately following the date on which he has met the age and service requirements, provided he is employed on that date.
 
 
(3)
If an employee who is not a member of the eligible class of employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such employee shall participate immediately, if he has satisfied the age and service requirements and would have otherwise previously become a participant.
 
Section 2.3 – Termination of Participation
 
A participant shall continue to be an active participant of the plan so long as he is a member of the eligible class of employees and he does not terminate employment.  He shall become an inactive participant when he terminates employment or ceases to be a member of the eligible class of employees.  He shall cease participation completely upon the later of his receipt of a total distribution of his nonforfeitable account balance(s) under the plan or the forfeiture of the nonvested portion of the account balance(s).
 
Section 2.4 – Re-Participation or Re-Employment (Break in Service Rules)
 
(a)
Vested Participant – A former participant who had a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his account balance derived from employer contributions at the time of his termination from service shall become a participant immediately upon returning to the employ of the employer, if he is a member of the eligible class of employees.
 
(b)
Nonvested Participant or Employee – In the case of an employee who does not have any nonforfeitable right to his account balance derived from employer contributions at the time of his termination from service, years of service before a period of consecutive one-year breaks in service shall not be taken into account in computing eligibility service if the number of consecutive one-year breaks in service in such period equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of years of service before such breaks in service.  Such aggregate number of years of service shall not include any years of service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks in service.
 
If an employee's years of service before termination from service are disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, he shall be considered a new employee for eligibility purposes.  If such employee's years of service before termination from service may not be disregarded pursuant to the preceding paragraph, he shall participate immediately upon returning to the employ of the employer, if he is a member of the eligible class of employees and has otherwise satisfied the age and service requirements of Section 2.2.
 
(c)
Return to Eligible Class – If a participant becomes an inactive participant, because he is no longer a member of the eligible class of employees, but does not incur a break in service, such inactive participant shall become an active participant immediately upon returning to the eligible class of employees.  If such participant incurs a break in service, eligibility shall be determined under the re-participation rules in Section 2.4(a) and (b) above.
 
ARTICLE III – ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
 
Section 3.1 – General Provisions
 
(a)
Maintenance of Participant Accounts – The plan administrator shall maintain separate accounts covering each participant under the plan as herein described.  Such accounts shall be increased by contributions, reallocation of forfeitures (if any), investment income, and market value appreciation of the fund.  They shall be decreased by market value depreciation of the fund, forfeiture of nonvested amounts, benefit payments, withdrawals, and expenses.
 
(b)
Amount and Payment of Employer Contribution
 
 
(1)
Amount of Contribution – For each plan year, the employer contribution to the plan shall be the amount that is determined under the provisions of this Article; provided, however, that the employer may not make a contribution to the plan for any plan year to the extent the contribution would exceed the participants' maximum permissible amounts under Code section 415.  Further, the employer contribution shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible under Code section 404, subject to the provisions for a nondeductible contribution without penalty as permitted under Code section 4972(c)(6).  For this purpose, effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, participant elective deferrals shall not be taken into account as provided under Code section 404(n).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
11
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
The employer contributes to this plan on the conditions that its contribution is not due to a mistake of fact and that the Internal Revenue Service will not disallow the deduction for its contribution.  The trustee, upon written request from the employer, shall return to the employer the amount of the employer's contribution made due to a mistake of fact or the amount of the employer's contribution disallowed as a deduction under Code section 404. The trustee shall not return any portion of the employer's contribution under the provisions of this paragraph more than one year after the earlier of:  (A) The date on which the employer made the contribution due to a mistake of fact; or (B) The time of disallowance of the contribution as a deduction, and then, only to the extent of the disallowance.  The trustee will not increase the amount of the employer contribution returnable under this Section for any earnings attributable to the contribution, but the trustee will decrease the employer contribution returnable for any losses attributable to it. The trustee may require the employer to furnish whatever evidence it deems necessary to confirm that the amount the employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under ERISA.
 
 
(2)
Payment of Contribution – The employer shall make its contribution to the plan in cash within the time prescribed by the Code or applicable Treasury regulations.  Subject to the consent of the trustee, the employer may make its contribution in property rather than in cash, provided the contribution is discretionary and the property contributed is unencumbered.
 
 
(3)
Allocation if More Than One Employer – If the employer consists of a sponsoring employer and one or more participating employers, the contribution made by each such entity shall be allocated to the accounts of the participants directly employed by the contributing employer.  If a participant is employed by more than one entity during the applicable period, each entity shall contribute with respect to the compensation earned by the participant while employed by that entity.
 
(c)
Limitations and Conditions – Notwithstanding the allocation procedures set forth in this Article, the allocations to participants' accounts shall be limited or modified to the extent required to comply with the provisions of Article V (limitations on allocations under Code section 415, top-heavy provisions under Code section 416, and related employer provisions under Code section 414).
 
In any limitation year in which the allocation to one or more participants' accounts would be in excess of the limitations on allocations under Code section 415, the annual additions under this plan will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with such limitations first.  If any further reduction is required in any limitation year commencing before January 1, 2000, the annual additions or benefits under any other plan that the employer sponsors will then be reduced with respect to such participants.  If any further reduction is required in any limitation year commencing on or after January 1, 2000, the annual additions under any other defined contribution plan that the employer sponsors will then be reduced with respect to such participants.
 
Section 3.2 – Regular Profit Sharing Contributions
 
(a)
Amount of Contribution – The employer shall determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of employer profit sharing contribution to be made to the plan each year; provided, however, that the employer shall contribute such amount as may be required for restoration of a forfeited amount under Section 4.2.
 
(b)
Conditions for Allocations – A participant shall be eligible for an allocation of the employer profit sharing contribution and forfeitures as of an allocation date, provided that he satisfies the following conditions:
 
 
(1)
He completed at least 1,000 hours of service during the current plan year, except that the hours of service requirement shall not apply with respect to any minimum top-heavy allocation as provided in Section 5.4.
 
AND
 
 
(2)
He is employed by the employer on the last day of the plan year.
 
AND
 
 
(3)
He is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
 
AND

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
12
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(4)
He is employed in one of the eligible job categories listed in Section 2.2(a)(1)(B) on the last day of the plan year.
 
In the event a minimum top-heavy allocation is required to be made as an employer profit sharing contribution under the provisions of Section 3.2(c)(2), solely for this limited purpose active participant shall include any person participating under the provision of Section 2.2(b)(2) and not yet eligible to participate in the plan for purposes under Section 2.2(b)(1).
 
        (c)
(1)
Allocation Formula
 
The employer profit sharing contribution and forfeitures for the plan year shall be allocated to the profit sharing account of each eligible participant in the ratio that each participant's number of allocation units bears to the allocation units of all participants.  A participant shall be credited with one allocation unit for each full $100.00 of compensation for the plan year, plus 1.5 units for each year of service.
 
 
(2)
Top-Heavy Plan Years
 
In any plan year in which this plan is top-heavy (as defined in Section 5.4(e)(2)), the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement with respect to a participant shall first be met by any allocation to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account for the plan year.  Then, the contributions and forfeitures allocable to the profit sharing account shall be adjusted as necessary for compliance.  The total of the contributions and forfeitures allocated to such account(s) of each participant shall not be less than an amount equal to 3% of his compensation or the largest percentage of elective deferral contribution, employer contribution, and forfeiture allocated on behalf of any key employee for that year, whichever is less.
 
 
(3)
Compensation – For purposes of the allocation of the employer profit sharing contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) and (b) (subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c)) for the entire plan year.
 
However, for purposes of the top-heavy contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c).
 
Section 3.2 (A) – Special Profit Sharing Contribution as of December 31, 2009
 
(a)
Amount of Contribution – The employer shall determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of special employer profit sharing contribution to be made to the plan as of December 31, 2009.
 
(b)
Conditions for Allocations – A participant shall be eligible for an allocation of the special employer profit sharing contribution as of December 31, 2009, provided that he satisfies the following conditions:
 
 
(1)
He is employed by the employer on December 31, 2008.
 
AND
 
 
(2)
He is not a Highly Compensated Employee in 2009.
 
AND
 
 
(3)
He is employed by the employer on December 31, 2009.
 
(c)
Allocation Formula
 
The special employer profit sharing contribution for 2009 shall be allocated to the profit sharing account of each eligible participant in the ratio that each eligible participant's plan account balance as of December 31, 2008 bears to the plan account balance as of December 31, 2008 of all eligible participants.
 
Section 3.3 – Qualified Nonelective Contributions
 
To the extent the current year testing method is being used to satisfy the requirements described in Section 5.5(b) and (c), the employer may make qualified nonelective contributions on behalf of either the nonhighly compensated active participants or all active participants that are sufficient to satisfy either the actual deferral percentage test or the actual contribution percentage test, or both, pursuant to regulations under the Code in lieu of distributing excess contributions as provided in Section 5.5(b)(2) of the plan, or excess aggregate contributions as provided in Section 5.5(c)(2) of the plan.  The employer may elect to comply with the ADP test requirements by making safe harbor nonelective contributions on behalf of all active participants as described in Section 5.5(f).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
13
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
Qualified nonelective contributions are contributions (other than profit sharing contributions or employer matching contributions) that are made by the employer and allocated to participants' qualified nonelective contribution accounts and any forfeitures that are so applied that the participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the plan; that are nonforfeitable when made; and that are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to elective deferrals and qualified matching contributions.  Safe harbor nonelective contributions shall be allocated to a safe harbor sub-account of the qualified nonelective contribution account and shall be held subject to the same rights and restrictions.
 
(a)
Amount of Contribution
 
The amount of such contributions for each plan year shall be an amount determined by the employer, in its sole discretion, after the plan administrator has determined the amount needed to satisfy the actual deferral percentage test or the actual contribution percentage test, or both.
 
(b)
Allocation of Contribution
 
 
(1)
Allocation of the qualified nonelective contribution shall be made to the group of eligible non-highly compensated employees that consists of half of all eligible non-highly compensated employees for the plan year determined by identifying the nonhighly compensated employee with the smallest amount of compensation and continuing in ascending order until half of all eligible non-highly compensated employees have been identified, subject to the further requirements of Section 5.5(b)(1)(A)(viii).
 
 
(2)
Top-Heavy Plan Years
 
The top-heavy minimum benefit requirements shall be met as provided under Section 3.2(c)(2) concerning profit sharing and qualified nonelective contribution allocations.
 
 
(3)
Compensation – For purposes of the allocation of the qualified nonelective contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) and (b) (subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c)) for the entire plan year, but limited to the employee's compensation for the portion of the plan year in which the employee actually is a member of the eligible class of employees as defined in Section 2.2.  However, for purposes of the top-heavy contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c).
 
Section 3.4 – Employee 401(k) Elective Deferral Contributions
 
(a)
Amount of Contribution – The employer shall contribute each plan year on behalf of each active participant who elects salary deferral a sum equal to the amount that the participant has elected to defer under a salary reduction arrangement or under a cash or deferred arrangement.  The contribution shall be credited to the participant's employee 401(k) elective deferral account.
 
A highly compensated employee may not elect a salary reduction in excess of the limitation established by board resolution.  Such limitation shall be communicated to the highly compensated employees a reasonable time in advance of the date as of which it is effective.  The plan administrator may limit the amount of salary reduction or deferred compensation at any time, if he determines that such limitation is necessary to meet the requirements for a “qualified cash or deferred arrangement” under Code section 401(k) and regulations issued pursuant thereto as set forth in Section 5.5.
 
Effective for plan years beginning prior to 2009, the plan administrator shall calculate the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated employees using the testing method as provided under the prior statement of the plan document.
 
Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, the plan administrator shall calculate the actual deferral percentage for the highly compensated employees using the prior year testing method.
 
 (b)
Salary Reduction Election
 
 
(1)
Availability of Election – An active participant may effect a salary reduction agreement with the employer under which an employer contribution will be made to the plan on behalf of such participant only if he elects to reduce his compensation or to forgo an increase in his compensation.  The amount of salary deferral may range from 0% to 50% of compensation.
 
 
(2)
Election Procedures – A written notice of a participant’s salary reduction election shall be given to the employer and to the plan administrator upon such forms as may be provided by the plan administrator.  The written notice shall be given at least 10 days before March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31 on which it is to be effective.  However, in no event shall such notice be given or be effective before the adoption of the employee 401(k) elective deferral contribution provision under the plan.  A participant electing salary reduction will be deemed to desire to continue at the same rate, unless he notifies the plan administrator at least 10 days before the applicable date of his desire to change the amount of salary reduction.  The revised election shall be effective on the applicable date.  A salary reduction may be discontinued at any time upon proper notice.  A participant who has declined or suspended salary reduction may elect salary reduction at a subsequent election date by written notification to the plan administrator in the manner and on the forms as provided under this paragraph.  The plan administrator and employer shall treat a salary reduction election as having been revoked by the participant upon his termination of employment or his ceasing to be a member of the eligible class of participants.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
14
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
A participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals after December 31, 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee nondeductible contributions under this and all other plans of the employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution.  A participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee nondeductible contributions under this and all other plans of the employer for 12 months after receipt of the distribution as previously provided under this plan.
 
 
(3)
Compensation – For this purpose, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) and (b) (subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c)), but excluding short term disability benefits not paid through the employer's payroll system.  The participant’s salary reduction election shall apply only to compensation that becomes currently available to the employee after the effective date of the election.  The employer shall apply the salary reduction election to all of the participant’s compensation (and to increases in compensation), unless the participant’s salary reduction election specifies that the election is to be limited to certain compensation.
 
 
(4)
Catch-Up Contributions – Effective April 1, 2004, all employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this plan before the close of the plan year and who have attained age 50 or over by the end of their applicable taxable years shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Section 5.5(a)(2).  The employer-imposed limitations on the maximum amount of permissible salary deferral shall not apply.
 
(c)
Cash or Deferred Election
 
No contribution shall be made under this plan pursuant to a cash or deferred election.  All elective deferrals shall be made under a salary deferral election.
 
Section 3.5 – Employee Nondeductible Contributions
 
Employee nondeductible contributions are not permitted under this plan and no amount shall be credited to the employee nondeductible contribution account.
 
Section 3.6 – Employer Matching Contributions
 
Employer matching contributions shall be made under the provisions of this Section.  Such contributions shall be credited to the employer matching contribution account or the qualified employer matching contribution account, as applicable.
 
With respect to each interim allocation date, the employer shall contribute the amount necessary to fund the employer matching contribution allocation for the interim allocation period based on the eligible deferrals and participant compensation for such period.
 
Effective for plan years beginning prior to 2009, the plan administrator shall calculate the actual contribution percentage for the highly compensated employees using the testing method as provided under the prior statement of the plan document.
 
Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, the plan administrator shall calculate the actual contribution percentage for the highly compensated employees using the prior year testing method.
 
 (a)
Qualified Matching Contributions – The employer matching contribution shall not be treated as a qualified matching contribution.  A qualified matching contribution means matching contributions that are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Code section 401(k) when made.
 
(b)
Contributions Subject to Matching – Employer matching contributions shall be made for an eligible participant with respect to the following contributions:
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
15
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
·
Any contributions made under a salary reduction agreement pursuant to Section 3.4
 
 
·
Effective April 1, 2004, any catch-up contributions
 
(c)
Conditions for Allocation – A participant shall be eligible for an allocation of an employer matching contribution as of an allocation date, provided that he satisfies the following conditions:
 
 
(1)
He made a contribution that is subject to matching during the current plan year.
 
AND
 
 
(2)
He completed at least one hour of service during the current allocation period.
 
AND
 
 
(3)
Effective for allocations made after March 31, 2004, he is not a highly compensated employee who has held the title of chairman, vice chairman, president, or vice president with respect to the employer as of any day in the plan year on or before the allocation date.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding requirements, any hours of service or employment requirement shall not apply in any plan year for which the employer elects to comply with the ACP safe harbor in years beginning after December 31, 1998.
 
        (d)
(1)
Allocation Formula – The employer matching contribution and any applicable forfeitures shall be equal to the employer matching percentage applied to the participant’s contributions for each allocation period within the current plan year that are subject to matching.
 
The employer matching percentage shall be equal to 25% of the amount contributed by the participant; provided that a participant's contributions in excess of 4% of his compensation shall be disregarded for purposes of allocating the employer matching contributions for the allocation period.
 
 
(2)
Limitation on Total Matching Allocation – Notwithstanding the preceding allocation formula(s), an allocation shall not be made to an individual participant's account to the extent that when combined with any other employer matching contribution made to the participant's account for the plan year, it would exceed the greatest of:  (i) 5% of his compensation; (ii) his elective deferrals for the plan year; or (iii) the product of 2 times the sum of the plan’s representative matching rate (as defined in Section 5.5(c)(1)(A)(ix)) plus the participant’s elective deferrals for the plan year.  Such an excess allocation shall be reallocated among the remaining eligible participants.
 
 
(3)
Compensation – For purposes of the allocation of the employer matching contribution, compensation means compensation as defined in Section 1.2(a) and (b) (subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c)) for the allocation period.  Compensation includable under Section 1.2(a) and (b) but not paid through payroll shall be treated as being paid as of the last day of the plan year or the last day of employment, if earlier.
 
Short term disability benefits not paid through the employer's payroll system shall not be taken into account for this purpose.
 
(e)
Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions
 
Excess aggregate contributions that are determined under the actual contribution percentage test and that are attributed to employer matching contributions shall be distributed to the extent vested with a proportional amount of the nonvested employer matching contribution being forfeited as of the last day of the plan year in which the excess arose.  Also, any forfeitures required for compliance with Code section 401(a)(4) and Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(b)(3)(v)(B) (because the contribution to which it relates is treated as an excess deferral, excess contribution, or excess aggregate contribution) shall occur as of such date.  The forfeitures shall be treated in the manner described in Section 4.2(c)(2), except that any reallocation shall be made only to the accounts of nonhighly compensated employees.
 
Section 3.7 – Rollover/Transfer Contributions
 
(a)
Rollover Contributions – An active participant may contribute to his rollover/transfer account any amounts that he previously received either as a lump sum distribution (as defined in Code section 402(e)(4)(D)) or within one taxable year as a distribution from another qualified plan on account of termination of that plan provided that:
 
 
(1)
He transferred such distribution to an individual retirement account or annuity within sixty (60) days after receipt, or
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
16
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(2)
He transferred such distribution to this plan within sixty (60) days after receipt.
 
Before accepting a rollover contribution, the trustee may require an employee to furnish satisfactory evidence that the proposed transfer is in fact a “rollover contribution” that the Code permits an employee to make to a qualified plan.  Effective for requests received on or after January 1, 2002, the acceptable sources for a rollover contribution shall be as set forth in Section 3.7(b).  Notwithstanding the preceding or the provisions of Section 3.7(b), this plan will not accept a rollover from a Roth elective deferral account.
 
(b)
Transfer Contributions – With the consent of the plan administrator, an active participant may have funds transferred directly to this plan from another qualified plan.  Consent shall not be given if the optional forms of payment to which the funds are subject under the prior plan are not properly disclosed by the prior plan or cannot be accommodated by this plan and trust.
 
Further, this plan shall not accept any direct or indirect transfers (in a transfer after December 31, 1984) from a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit sharing plan that would otherwise have provided for a life annuity form of payment to the participant.
 
Effective for requests received on or after January 1, 2002, with the consent of the plan administrator, the participant may have the following transfers made on his behalf directly to this plan (or may make the following rollover contributions as permitted below):
 
 
·
A direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a), excluding after-tax employee contributions.
 
 
·
Transfers from a Roth elective deferral account under a qualified Code section 401(a) plan shall not be permitted.
 
 
·
A direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee contributions.
 
 
·
Transfers from a Roth elective deferral account under a Code section 403(b) account shall not be permitted.
 
 
·
A direct rollover or a participant contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.
 
 
·
Transfers from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or 408(b) (including an account more specifically described under Code section 408(k) or (p)) shall not be permitted.
 
(c)
Contributions Before Plan Entry Date – An employee, (who is in the eligible class of employees) prior to satisfying the plan’s eligibility conditions, may make a rollover or transfer contribution to the plan to the same extent and in the same manner as a participant.  If an employee makes a rollover or transfer contribution to the plan before satisfying the plan's eligibility conditions, the plan administrator and trustee will treat the employee as a participant for all purposes of the plan, except the employee is not a participant for purposes of sharing in contributions or forfeitures under the plan until he actually becomes a participant in the plan.  If the employee has a separation from service prior to becoming a participant, the trustee will distribute his rollover/transfer account to him.
 
(d)
Distribution – Withdrawals may be made from a rollover/transfer account under the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.4.
 
Section 3.8 – Allocation of Investment Results
 
(a)
General Allocation Procedures
 
Investment income and market value appreciation or depreciation shall be allocated to each account of each participant who has accrued benefits in proportion to the respective account balances on each accounting date.  For this purpose, each account balance shall be equal to the average balance for the period commencing on the day following the prior accounting date and ending on the current accounting date.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
17
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
  (b)
Investment Elections
 
A participant may elect to have all of his accounts invested in such investment fund or combination of investment funds as may be established by the trustee and made available for the benefit of participants; provided, however, that in no event may the participant direct that any portion of his account(s) be invested in collectibles (as defined in Code section 408(m)).  A participant's investment election shall not apply to any portion of any account that may be invested in a participant loan sub-account established under Section 4.4.  The investment results shall be allocated to the participant's account(s) based upon earnings and losses on the participant's share in such investment fund or funds.
 
The terms and conditions for investment direction shall be established by the plan administrator.
 
An election may be revoked only by another election and will remain in effect until such revocation.  If no initial election is timely received by the plan administrator, the plan administrator shall invest the account in a fund designated for such purpose.
 
ARTICLE IV – PAYMENT OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
 
Section 4.1 – Vesting Service Rules
 
(a)
Vesting Year of Service means a vesting computation period during which the employee completes at least 1,000 hours of service with the employer.  All of an employee's years of service with the employer shall be counted to determine the nonforfeitable percentage in the employee's account balance(s) derived from employer contributions, except:
 
 
(1)
Years of service disregarded under the break in service rules in Section 4.1(d) below.  (Post-ERISA break in service rules)
 
 
(2)
Years of service before the effective date of ERISA if such service would have been disregarded under the break in service rules of the prior plan in effect from time to time before such date.  For this purpose, break in service rules are rules that result in the loss of prior vesting or benefit accruals, or that deny an employee eligibility to participate, by reason of separation or failure to complete a required period of service within a specified period of time.  (Pre-ERISA break in service rules)
 
(b)
One Year Break in Service means for the purposes of this Article IV a vesting computation period during which the employee or former employee does not complete more than 500 hours of service with the employer.
 
(c)
Vesting Computation Period means the 12-consecutive-month period coinciding with the plan year.
 
(d)
Break in Service Rules
 
 
(1)
Vested Participant – A former participant who had a nonforfeitable right to all or a portion of his account balance(s) derived from employer contributions or who (effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006) had made an employee elective deferral contribution at the time of his termination from service shall retain credit for all vesting years of service prior to a break in service as that term is defined in Section 4.1(b).
 
 
(2)
Nonvested Participant or Employee – In the case of a former participant or employee who did not have any nonforfeitable right to his account balance(s) derived from employer contributions and who (effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006) had made no employee elective deferral contribution at the time of his termination from service, years of service before a period of consecutive one-year breaks in service shall not be taken into account in computing service if the number of consecutive one-year breaks in service in such period equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the aggregate number of years of service before such breaks in service.  Such aggregate number of years of service shall not include any years of service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior breaks in service.
 
 
(3)
Vesting for Pre-Break and Post-Break Accounts – In the case of a participant or employee who has five or more consecutive one-year breaks in service, all years of service after such breaks in service shall be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the employer-derived account balance(s) that accrued before such breaks in service.  Whether or not such pre-break service counts in vesting the post-break employer-derived account balance(s) shall be determined according to the rules set forth in Section 4.1(d)(1) and (2) above.  Separate accounts shall be maintained for each of the participant’s pre-break and post-break employer-derived account balance(s).  All accounts shall share in the investment earnings and losses of the fund.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
18
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
Section 4.2 – Vesting of Participant Accounts
 
(a)
Determination of Vesting
 
 
(1)
Normal Retirement – An employee's right to his account balance(s) shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable upon the attainment of age 65, the normal retirement age.  The vesting of an inactive participant who terminates employment prior to normal retirement age shall remain subject to the provisions of the vesting schedule following attainment of such specified age.  Distributions shall be administered in accordance with termination from employment provisions of Section 4.3(a)(3).
 
 
(2)
Late Retirement – If a participant remains employed after his normal retirement age, his account balance(s) shall remain 100% vested and nonforfeitable.  Such participant shall continue to receive allocations to his account as he did before his normal retirement age.
 
 
(3)
Early Retirement – In the case of a participant who has attained age 60 and completed 7 years of service before his normal retirement age, the participant's right to his account balance(s) shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.  Such participant may retire before his normal retirement age without the consent of the employer and receive payment of benefits from the plan.  If a participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the participant shall be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such age requirement.
 
 
(4)
Disability – If a participant separates from service due to disability, such participant’s right to his account balance(s) as of his date of disability shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.  Disability means the participant has been determined by the Social Security Administration to be eligible for either full or partial Social Security disability benefits.
 
                (5)
(A)
Death – In the event of the death of a participant who has an accrued benefit under the plan, (whether or not he is an active participant), 100% of the participant’s account balance(s) as of the date of death shall be paid to his surviving spouse; except that, if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has already consented in a manner that is (or conforms to) a qualified election under the joint and survivor annuity provisions of Code section 417(a) and regulations issued pursuant thereto and as set forth in Section 5.2, then such balance(s) shall be paid to the participant's designated beneficiary.  The payment options available to the beneficiary shall be those payment options available to the participant under Section 4.3(b).
 
 
(B)
Beneficiary Designation – Subject to the spousal consent requirements of Section 5.2, the participant shall have the right to designate his beneficiaries, including a contingent death beneficiary, and shall have the right at any time prior to his death to change such beneficiaries. The designation shall be effective only if made in writing on a form signed by the participant and supplied by and filed with the plan administrator prior to his death. If the participant fails to designate a beneficiary, or if the designated person or persons predecease the participant, "beneficiary" shall mean: (a) the spouse, (b) if no surviving spouse, then to the surviving children in equal shares, (c) if no surviving children, then to the surviving parents in equal shares, (d) if no surviving parents, then to the surviving brothers and sisters in equal shares, (e) if no surviving brothers and sisters, then (f) to the participant’s estate if an estate is opened within 2 years of the participant’s death; and otherwise to a charity selected in the sole discretion of the plan administrator.
 
If a designated beneficiary dies after the participant has died but before the plan has commenced or made distribution to the designated beneficiary, the plan shall be administered as set forth in this paragraph. The death benefit will be paid to the beneficiary’s designated beneficiary, if any designated prior to such beneficiary’s death in connection with the beneficiary’s election of a form of payment of the participant’s death benefit to which he is entitled; and if no such designation is on file with the plan administrator, then to the beneficiary's estate in a single lump sum payment if an estate is opened within 2 years of the participant’s death; and otherwise to a charity selected in the sole discretion of the plan administrator.  If the deceased designated beneficiary was not the participant's surviving spouse, distribution under this paragraph will be completed by December 31 of the fifth year following the participant's date of death.  If the deceased designated beneficiary was the participant's surviving spouse, distribution under this paragraph will be completed by December 31 of the fifth year following the beneficiary's date of death.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
19
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
For purposes of this Section 4.2(a)(5), if a spouse or beneficiary of the participant dies simultaneously with the participant, the participant shall be deemed to be the survivor and to have died subsequent to such spouse or beneficiary.  Likewise, if a beneficiary named by a designated beneficiary dies simultaneously with a designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary shall be deemed to be the survivor and to have died subsequent to the beneficiary named by the designated beneficiary.
 
If a participant completes or has completed a beneficiary designation form in which the participant designates his spouse as the beneficiary and the participant and such spouse are legally divorced subsequent to the date of such designation; then, the designation shall be administered as if such spouse had predeceased the participant unless the participant, subsequent to the legal divorce, reaffirms the designation by completing a new beneficiary designation form.
 
 
(6)
Termination From Service – If a participant separates from the service of the employer other than by retirement, disability, or death, his vested interest in his accounts shall be equal to the account balance multiplied by the vesting percentage determined below:
 
 
(A)
Profit Sharing Account – The vesting percentage applicable to the participant’s profit sharing account shall be determined based on his vesting years of service as follows:
 
Years of Service
 
Vesting Percentage
 
0–1 Year
    0 %
2
    20 %
3
    40 %
4
    60 %
5
    80 %
6 or More Years
    100 %
 
Transition Rule – Notwithstanding the above vesting schedule, the vesting provisions of the plan before January 1, 2007, shall continue to apply to participants who do not have an hour of service on or after such date.
 
 
(B)
Employer Matching Contribution Account – The vesting percentage applicable to the participant's employer matching contribution account shall be determined as follows:
 
Years of Service
 
Vesting Percentage
 
0–1 Year
    0 %
2
    20 %
3
    40 %
4
    60 %
5
    80 %
6 or More Years
    100 %
 
Transition Rule – Notwithstanding the above vesting schedule, the vesting provisions of the plan before January 1, 2002, shall continue to apply to participants who do not have an hour of service on or after such date.
 
 
(C)
Other Accounts – The participant shall always be 100% vested in his following accounts:  employee 401(k) elective deferral account; employee nondeductible contribution account; qualified employer matching contribution account; qualified nonelective contribution account; rollover/transfer account.  The accrued benefit in such accounts shall be nonforfeitable.
 
(b)
Forfeitures
 
 
(1)
Time of Forfeiture – If a participant terminates employment before his account balances derived from employer contributions are fully vested, the nonvested portion of his accounts shall be forfeited on the earlier of:
 
 
(A)
The last day of the vesting computation period in which the participant first incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in service, or
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
20
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(B)
The date the participant receives his entire vested accrued benefit.
 
 
(2)
Cashout Distributions and Restoration
 
 
(A)
Cashout Distribution – If an employee terminates service and the value of his vested account balances derived from employer and employee contributions are not greater than $5,000, the employee shall receive a distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of such account balances and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.  If an employee would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the employee's vested account balance exceeded $5,000 when the employee terminated service and if at a later time such account balance is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000, the employee will receive a distribution of such account balance and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.  For purposes of this section, if the value of an employee's vested account balances is zero, he shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested account balances.  Effective for distributions made on or after March 22, 1999, for the purpose of determining the value of a participant's vested account balance, prior distributions shall be disregarded if distributions have not commenced under an optional form of payment described in Section 4.3.
 
If an employee terminates service and elects, in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.3, to receive the value of his vested account balances, the nonvested portion shall be treated as a forfeiture as of the date of distribution.  If the employee elects to have distributed less than the entire vested portion of the account balances derived from employer contributions, the part of the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the distribution attributable to employer contributions and the denominator of which is the total value of the vested employer derived account balances.
 
 
(B)
Restoration of Accounts – If an employee receives a cashout distribution pursuant to this section and resumes employment covered under this plan before he incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in service, his employer-derived account balances shall each be restored to the amount on the date of distribution, if he repays to the plan the full amount of the distribution attributable to employer contributions before the earlier of five years after the first date on which he is subsequently re-employed by the employer, or the date he incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in service following the date of the distribution.  If an employee is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section 4.2(b)(2), and he resumes employment covered under this plan before he incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in service, upon the re-employment of such employee his employer-derived account balances will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.
 
Any amount required to restore such forfeitures shall be deducted from forfeitures (including forfeitures of excess aggregate contributions) occurring in the plan year of restoration.  If forfeitures are insufficient for the restoration, the employer may make a contribution to the plan for such plan year to satisfy the restoration.  However, by the end of the plan year following the plan year of restoration, sufficient forfeitures or employer contributions shall be credited to the account to satisfy the restoration.
 
(c)
Disposition of Forfeitures
 
 
(1)
Profit Sharing Account – Forfeitures of profit sharing accounts shall be reallocated among the eligible active participants at the end of the plan year in which such forfeitures occur in accordance with the allocation procedures set forth in Section 3.2.
 
 
(2)
Employer Matching Contribution Account – Forfeitures of employer matching contribution accounts first shall be used to reduce administrative expenses; any remaining forfeitures shall be used to reduce the employer matching contribution for the plan year in which such forfeitures occur.
 
(d)
Withdrawal of Employee Nondeductible Contributions – No forfeitures shall occur solely as a result of an employee's withdrawal of employee nondeductible contributions.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
21
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
(e)
Unclaimed Benefits
 
 
(1)
Forfeiture – The plan does not require the trustee or the plan administrator to search for, or to ascertain the whereabouts of, any participant or beneficiary.  At the time the participant's or beneficiary's benefit becomes distributable under the plan, the plan administrator, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record, shall notify any participant or beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this plan.  If the participant or beneficiary fails to claim his distributive share or make his whereabouts known in writing to the plan administrator within twelve months from the date of mailing of the notice, the plan administrator shall treat the participant's or beneficiary's unclaimed payable accrued benefit as forfeited and shall reallocate such forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.2(c).  A forfeiture under this paragraph shall occur at the end of the notice period or, if later, the earliest date applicable Treasury regulations would permit the forfeiture.  These forfeiture provisions apply solely to the participant’s or beneficiary’s accrued benefit derived from employer contributions.
 
 
(2)
Restoration – If a participant or beneficiary who has incurred a forfeiture of his accrued benefit under the provisions of this Subsection makes a claim, at any time, for his forfeited accrued benefit, the plan administrator shall restore the participant's or beneficiary's forfeited accrued benefit to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of the accrued benefit forfeited, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring after the date of the forfeiture.  The plan administrator shall make the restoration during the plan year in which the participant or beneficiary makes the claim from forfeitures occurring in that plan year.  If forfeitures are insufficient for the restoration, the employer shall make a contribution to the plan to satisfy the restoration.  The plan administrator shall direct the trustee to distribute the participant's or beneficiary's restored accrued benefit to him not later than 60 days after the close of the plan year in which the plan administrator restores the forfeited accrued benefit.
 
Section 4.3 – Payment of Participant Accounts
 
(a)
Time of Payment
 
 
(1)
Commencement of Benefits – Unless the participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits shall begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the plan year in which:
 
 
(A)
The participant attains age 65 (or normal retirement age, if earlier);
 
 
(B)
Occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the participant commenced participation in the plan; or
 
 
(C)
The participant terminates service with the employer (i.e. late retirement).
 
 
(2)
Payment Upon Retirement, Disability, or Death – Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 4.3(a)(1), in the Joint and Survivor Requirements of Section 5.2, and in the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3, if the participant terminates employment due to retirement, disability, or death, his account(s) shall be paid as soon as administratively possible after the occurrence of the event creating the right to a distribution.
 
 
(3)
Payment Upon Other Termination of Employment – Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 4.3(a)(1) and in the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3, if the participant terminates employment other than by retirement, disability, or death, his account(s) shall be paid as soon as administratively possible after the date of severance of employment.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, an alternate payee may elect to have paid the amount determined under the qualified domestic relations order as soon as administratively possible following the date permitted under Section 4.5.
 
 
(4)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a participant (and spouse where the spouse's consent is required) to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 5.2(a), shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.
 
(b)
Form of Payment – A participant or beneficiary may elect to receive distribution of his account(s) as a lump sum benefit payment.  The participant or beneficiary shall file a written request for benefits with the plan administrator before payment will be made.  The lump sum benefit payment shall be made in cash from the fund.  However, if the vested accrued benefit is no more than $5,000, benefits shall automatically be paid in a lump sum in accordance with Section 4.3(d)(5).
 
Effective solely for distributions made before October 1, 2009, a participant was permitted to elect installment payments over a period of years that meets the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3.  Installment payments may be made in cash from the fund or by distribution of an annuity term certain contract.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
22
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
If a distribution is required under the Distribution Requirements of Section 5.3, the participant fails to elect payment, and the vested balance of the account(s) exceeds $5,000, the trustee shall pay the benefit in installment payments that meet the requirements of Section 5.3 over the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the participant and his designated beneficiary.  If the vested balance of the account(s) does not exceed $5,000, the trustee shall distribute the entire account balance in a lump sum.
 
(c)
General Payment Provisions
 
 
(1)
All distributions due to be made under this plan shall be made on the basis of the amount to the credit of the participant as of the accounting date coincident with or immediately preceding the occurrence of the event calling for a distribution.
 
Such amount shall be adjusted with respect to the investment results attributable thereto that accrue during the period following such accounting date until the date of the actual distribution.
 
If a distributable event occurs after an allocation date and before allocations have been made to the account of the participant, the distribution shall also include the amounts allocable to the account as of such allocation date.
 
 
(2)
If any person entitled to receive benefits hereunder is physically or mentally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt thereof, and if a legal guardian or power of attorney has been appointed for him, the plan administrator may direct the benefit payment to be made to such legal representative.  The plan administrator may cause benefits to be paid to any other individual recognized by the state law under which the plan trust has been established.
 
In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor beneficiary, then the plan administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of such beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the beneficiary maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such beneficiary under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said beneficiary resides.  Such a payment to the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor beneficiary shall fully discharge the trustee, employer, plan administrator, and plan from further liability on account thereof.
 
 
(3)
Each optional form of benefit provided under the plan shall be made available to all participants on a nondiscriminatory basis.  The plan may not retroactively reduce or eliminate optional forms of benefits and any other Code section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, except as provided in Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, Q&A-2(b) and in other relief granted statutorily or by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.
 
 
(4)
The participant's election of a form of benefit payment shall be irrevocable as of the annuity starting date, subject to the notice requirements contained in Section 4.3(e).  For purposes of accounting, an installment distribution shall be debited from each of a participant's accounts on a pro rata basis.
 
(d)
Eligible Rollover Distributions
 
Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, notwithstanding the optional forms of payment listed in Section 4.3(b), a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the plan administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
 
 
(1)
Eligible Rollover Distribution – An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9), the portion of any distribution that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); any hardship withdrawal made on or after January 1, 1999 from a participant's employee 401(k) elective deferral account before he has attained age 59½; any hardship withdrawal made on or after January 1, 2002 from any account; and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
23
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2002, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includable in gross income.  However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includable in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is not so includable.
 
 
(2)
Eligible Retirement Plan – An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2002, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) or an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan.  The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section 414(p).  However, effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993 and before January 1, 2002, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is limited to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
 
If any portion of an eligible rollover distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a designated Roth account, an eligible retirement plan with respect to such portion shall include only a designated Roth account in a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or a Roth IRA as defined in Code section 402A(c)(3)(A).
 
 
(3)
Distributee – A distributee includes an employee or former employee.  In addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
 
 
(4)
Direct Rollover – A direct rollover is a payment by the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
 
 
(5)
Automatic Rollovers – In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2(b)(2)(A), if the participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Section 4.3(e), then the plan administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the plan administrator.  For purposes of determining whether a mandatory distribution is greater than $1,000, the portion of the participant’s distribution attributable to any rollover contribution shall be included.
 
(e)
Payment Election Procedures
 
As described in Section 5.2(c), an account balance in excess of $5,000 shall not be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant.  The participant shall receive the notice required under Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the annuity starting date with respect to the distribution.  Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, for any distribution in excess of $200, the plan administrator shall give the participant notice of his eligible rollover distribution rights.  The participant shall receive such notice in the same time period as the 411 notice is required to be provided.  Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1994, if a distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the 411 notice is given, provided that:
 
 
(1)
The plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and
 
 
(2)
The participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
 
The provisions of this paragraph shall be effective for distributions made on or after March 28, 2005.  In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2(b)(2)(A), if the participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Section 4.3(d), then the plan administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the plan administrator.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
24
 

 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
Section 4.4 – In-Service Payments
 
(a)
Withdrawals – An employee may withdraw amounts from his account(s) before his separation from service only under the circumstances and only to the extent provided below.
 
The plan administrator shall approve requests on a nondiscriminatory basis.  No forfeitures shall occur solely as a result of a participant's withdrawal of employee contributions.  The in-service receipt of benefits by an employee shall not affect his participation in the plan, and such participant shall continue to receive allocations to his account(s).
 
Distribution After Attainment of Normal Retirement Age – An employee may elect to receive payment of benefits from his account(s) at any time after his normal retirement age by filing a written request with the plan administrator.  For purposes of accounting, a partial distribution shall be debited from each of a participant's accounts on a pro rata basis.
 
Withdrawals from Employer Accounts
 
 
(A)
Availability of Withdrawal Privilege – Subject to the limitations and conditions set forth herein, an employee who has completed at least 5 years of participation in the plan and has attained age 55 may request a transfer in one lump sum from his vested profit sharing account to an individual retirement account.
 
 
(B)
Amount of Withdrawal – The amount that an eligible participant may withdraw from an account shall not exceed the vested portion of such account.
 
 
(C)
Request for Withdrawal – The participant's request to withdraw shall be made in writing to the plan administrator.  The plan administrator shall approve requests on a nondiscriminatory basis.
 
Hardship Withdrawals from Employee 401(k) Elective Deferral Account
 
 
(A)
Availability of Withdrawal Privilege – An employee who has a financial hardship may request a lump sum withdrawal from his employee 401(k) elective deferral account, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth herein.
 
 
(B)
Amount of Withdrawal – The amount that an eligible participant may withdraw from his account shall not exceed the cumulative amount of his 401(k) salary deferral contributions.  Earnings thereon may not be withdrawn.
 
 
(C)
Request for Withdrawal – The participant's request to withdraw must be made in writing to the plan administrator and shall be subject to his consent.  The basis for the plan administrator's consenting to or refusing to consent to the participant’s request shall be demonstrated financial hardship of the participant as described in Hardship Withdrawals.
 
Hardship Withdrawals
 
For the purpose of this Section 4.4, a distribution will be made on account of hardship if the distribution is necessary in light of the immediate and heavy financial need of the employee.  A distribution based upon financial hardship cannot exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the participant.  The determination of the existence of financial hardship and the amount required to be distributed to meet the need created by the hardship must be made in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards established by the plan administrator under these plan provisions.
 
An immediate and heavy financial need shall be deemed to exist if the distribution is requested for one of the following reasons:  (1) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care described in Code section 213(d) of the employee, the employee's spouse, children, or dependents;  (2) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the employee; (3) payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the employee, the employee's spouse, children or dependents; (4) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the employee from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the employee's principal residence; (5) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the employee's deceased parent, spouse, child or dependent; or (6) expenses incurred to repair damage to the employee's principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).  The latter two reasons (funeral expenses and home repair) shall only apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2005.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
25

 
 
 

 


Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the employee only if:
 
 
1.
The employee has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the employer;
 
 
2.
All plans maintained by the employer provide that the employee's elective deferrals (and employee nondeductible contributions) will be suspended for 6 months (12 months, for hardship distributions before 2002) after the receipt of the hardship distribution; and
 
 
3.
The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution).
 
In addition, for hardship distributions before 2002, all plans maintained by the employer were required to provide that the employee may not make elective deferrals for the employee's taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code section 402(g) for such taxable year less the amount of such employee's elective deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.
 
Determination of Vested Account Balance
 
If a withdrawal is made at a time when a participant has a nonforfeitable right to less than the entire account balance derived from employer contributions and the participant may increase his nonforfeitable percentage in his account:
 
 
(A)
A separate account will be established with respect to each of the participant's accounts that is subject to a vesting schedule that shall be credited with the participant's interest in such account as of the time of the distribution, and
 
 
(B)
At any relevant time the participant's nonforfeitable portion of each such separate account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula:
 
X = P(AB + (R x D)) – (R x D)
 
For purposes of applying the formula: P is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time, AB is the account balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of the distribution from the relevant account, and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution.
 
(b)
Participant Loans
 
No participant loans shall be permitted under this plan.
 
Section 4.5 – Distributions Under Domestic Relations Orders
 
Nothing contained in this plan prevents the trustee, in accordance with the direction of the plan administrator, from complying with the provisions of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code section 414(p)).
 
A distribution will not be made to an alternate payee until the participant attains (or would have attained) his earliest retirement age.  For this purpose, earliest retirement age means the earlier of:  (1) the date on which the participant is entitled to a distribution under this plan; or (2) the later of the date the participant attains age 50 or the earliest date on which the participant could begin receiving benefits under this plan if the participant separated from service.
 
Nothing in this Section gives a participant a right to receive distribution at a time otherwise not permitted under the plan nor does it permit the alternate payee to receive a form of payment not otherwise permitted under the plan.
 
The plan administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order.  Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the plan administrator promptly will notify the participant and any alternate payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of the order.  Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the plan administrator shall determine the qualified status of the order and shall notify the participant and each alternate payee, in writing, of its determination.  The plan administrator shall provide notice under this paragraph by mailing to the individual's address specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor regulations.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
26
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
If any portion of the participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit is payable during the period the plan administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the plan administrator shall make a separate accounting of the amounts payable.  If the plan administrator determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within 18 months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the order, it shall direct the trustee to distribute the payable amounts in accordance with the order.  If the plan administrator does not make its determination of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, it shall direct the trustee to distribute the payable amounts in the manner the plan would distribute if the order did not exist and shall apply the order prospectively if it later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order.
 
ARTICLE V – ADDITIONAL QUALIFICATION RULES
 
Section 5.1 – Limitations on Allocations Under Code Section 415
 
(a)
Single Plan Limitations
 
(1)
If the participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the employer, or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code section 419(e)) maintained by the employer, or an individual medical account (as defined in Code section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the employer, or a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code section 408(k)) maintained by the employer, that provides an annual addition as defined in Section 5.1(c)(1), the amount of annual additions that may be credited to the participant's account for any limitation year will not exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount or any other limitation contained in this plan.  If the employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the participant's account would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount.
 
 
(2)
Prior to determining the participant's actual compensation for the limitation year, the employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the participant's compensation for the limitation year, uniformly determined for all participants similarly situated.
 
 
(3)
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation year will be determined on the basis of the participant's actual compensation for the limitation year.
 
 
(4)
If, pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(3) or as a result of either the allocation of forfeitures or a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals that may be made with respect to a participant, there is an excess amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows:
 
 
(A)
Any employee nondeductible contributions (and any gain attributable thereto), to the extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be returned to the participant.  Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the attributable gain allocable to the excess amount is the sum of:  (i) the income allocable to the participant's employee nondeductible contributions for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess amount for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance attributable to employee nondeductible contributions without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year; and (ii) to the extent the excess contributions are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the plan year and prior to the distribution),10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the participant's taxable year and the date of distribution, taking into account the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 
 
(B)
If after the application of Subparagraph (A) an excess amount still exists, any elective deferrals (and any gain attributable thereto determined in the same manner as for Section 5.1(a)(4)(A)), to the extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be distributed to the participant with any Roth elective deferrals being distributed prior to any other elective deferrals.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
27
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
 
(C)
If after the application of Subparagraph (B) an excess amount still exists, the excess amount shall be allocated and reallocated to the profit sharing account or qualified nonelective contribution account of the other participants in the plan to the extent permissible under the limitations of this Section 5.1.
 
 
(D)
If after the application of Subparagraph (C) an excess amount still exists, the excess amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account.  The suspense account will be applied to reduce future employer contributions for all active participants in the next limitation year, and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.
 
 
(E)
If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(4), it will not participate in the allocation of the trust's investment gains and losses.  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular limitation year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to participants' accounts before any employer, elective deferral, or employee nondeductible contributions may be made to the plan for that limitation year.  Excess amounts may not be distributed to participants or former participants.
 
(b)
Combined Limitations – Other Defined Contribution Plan
 
 
(1)
This Section 5.1(b) applies if, in addition to this plan, the participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the employer, an individual medical account maintained by the employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by the employer, that provides an annual addition as defined in Section 5.1(c)(1), during any limitation year.  The annual additions that may be credited to a participant's account under this plan for any such limitation year will not exceed the maximum permissible amount reduced by the annual additions credited to a participant's account under the other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions for the same limitation year.  If the annual additions with respect to the participant under other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions maintained by the employer are less than the maximum permissible amount and the employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the participant's account under this plan would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the annual additions under all such plans and funds for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount.  If the annual additions with respect to the participant under such other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the maximum permissible amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the participant's account under this plan for the limitation year.
 
 
(2)
Prior to determining the participant's actual compensation for the limitation year, the employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a participant in the manner described in Section 5.1(a)(2).
 
 
(3)
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation year will be determined on the basis of the participant's actual compensation for the limitation year.
 
 
(4)
If, pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(3) or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a participant's annual additions under this plan and such other plans would result in an excess amount for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist of the annual additions last allocated, except that annual additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by annual additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date.
 
 
(5)
If an excess amount was allocated to a participant on an allocation date of this plan that coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the excess amount will be disposed of in the manner provided in Section 3.1(c).
 
 
(6)
Any excess amount attributed to this plan will be disposed of in the manner described in Section 5.1(a)(4).
 
(c)
Definitions (Code Section 415 Limitations)
 
 
(1)
Annual Additions – The sum of the following amounts credited to a participant's account for the limitation year:  (A) employer contributions; (B) employee contributions (excluding catch-up contributions made in accordance with Code section 414(v)); (C) forfeitures; (D) amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Code section 415(l)(2)), that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan; and (E) allocations under a simplified employee pension.  Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued that are attributable to postretirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code section 419(e)) maintained by the employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
28
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


For this purpose, any excess amount applied under Section 5.1(a)(4) or (b)(6) in the limitation year to increase the accounts of participants who did not have an excess amount or to reduce employer contributions will be considered annual additions for such limitation year.
 
 
(2)
Compensation – A participant's earned income and any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for federal income tax withholding purposes that are paid by the employer.  W-2 wages means wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).
 
For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 5.1, compensation for a limitation year is the compensation actually paid or includable in gross income during such limitation year.
 
In order to be taken into account for a limitation year, compensation must be paid or treated as paid prior to severance from employment with the employer.  Further, compensation in excess of the limitations of Section 1.2(c) shall not be taken into account.
 
Compensation shall include elective contributions as defined in Section 1.2(a) and elective contributions under a Code section 501(c)(18) plan.  Elective contribution amounts under a cafeteria plan excludable under Code section 125 shall include any amounts not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage (deemed section 125 compensation).  An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the employer does not request or collect information regarding the participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, compensation for a participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code section 22(e)(3)) is the compensation such participant would have received for the limitation year if the participant had been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed compensation for the disabled participant may be taken into account only if contributions made on behalf of such participant are nonforfeitable when made.
 
 
(3)
Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation – $40,000, as adjusted under Code section 415(d) for limitation years beginning after December 31, 2002.  The defined contribution dollar limitation is $30,000, as adjusted under Code section 415(d) for limitation years beginning before January 1, 2003.
 
 
(4)
Employer – For purposes of this Section 5.1, employer shall mean the employer as defined in Section 1.5(b) but including all members of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Code section 414(b) as modified by Code section 415(h) and all commonly controlled trades or businesses as defined in Code section 414(c) as modified by Code section 415(h).
 
 
(5)
Excess Amount – The excess of the participant's annual additions for the limitation year over the maximum permissible amount.
 
 
(6)
Limitation Year – The 12-consecutive-month period defined in Section 1.3(f).  All qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the employer must use the same limitation year.  If the limitation year is amended to a different 12-consecutive-month period, the new limitation year must begin on a date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made.
 
 
(7)
Maximum Permissible Amount – For limitation years beginning before January 1, 2002, the maximum annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participant's account under the plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:  (A) the applicable defined contribution dollar limitation, or (B) 25% of the participant's compensation for the limitation year.
 
For limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, except to the extent permitted under Section 3.4(b) and Code section 414(v), if applicable, the maximum annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participant's account under the plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
29
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(A)
the defined contribution dollar limitation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(3); or
 
 
(B)
100% of the participant's compensation for the limitation year.
 
The compensation limitation referred to in (B) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code section 401(h) or Code section 419A(f)(2)) that is otherwise treated as an annual addition under Code section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2).
 
If a short limitation year is created because of an amendment changing the limitation year to a different 12-consecutive-month period, the maximum permissible amount will not exceed the defined contribution dollar limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
 
Number of months in the short limitation year
12
 
Section 5.2 – Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
 
No annuity form of payment is provided under Section 4.3(b) and no direct or indirect transfer is accepted under Section 3.7 from a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit sharing plan that would otherwise have provided for a life annuity form of payment to any participant; therefore, the joint and survivor annuity requirements of Code section 401(a)(11) and 417 shall not apply to this plan, except as provided in this Section 5.2.
 
(a)
Restrictions on Immediate Distributions – If the value of a participant's vested account balance derived from employer and employee contributions (1) in plan years beginning before January 1, 1998, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in plan years beginning after January 1, 1997, exceeds $5,000 and the account balance is immediately distributable, the participant (or where the participant has died, the participant's spouse) must consent to any distribution of such account balance.  Effective for distributions made on or after March 22, 1999, for the purpose of determining the value of a participant's vested account balance, prior distributions shall be disregarded if distributions have not commenced under an optional form of payment described in Section 4.3.  The consent of the participant (or the participant's surviving spouse) shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period ending on the annuity starting date.  The annuity starting date is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid in any form.  The plan administrator shall notify the participant (or the participant's surviving spouse) of the right to defer any distribution until the participant's account balance is no longer immediately distributable.  Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date.  However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, the plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
 
Neither the consent of the participant nor the participant's spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) or section 415.  In addition, upon termination of this plan if the plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the employer or any entity within the same controlled group as the employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7)), the participant's account balance will, without the participant's consent, be distributed to the participant.  However, if any entity within the same controlled group as the employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan), the participant's account balance will be transferred, without the participant's consent, to the other plan if the participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.
 
An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of the account balance could be distributed to the participant (or surviving spouse) before the participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of normal retirement age or age 62.
 
(b)
Safe Harbor Rules – This Section 5.2(b) shall apply to a participant in this profit sharing plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code section 72(o)(5)(B), and maintained on behalf of a participant in a money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit plan).  This plan satisfies and shall continue to satisfy the following conditions:
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
30
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(1) the participant cannot elect payments in the form of a life annuity; and (2) on the death of a participant, the participant's vested account balance will be paid to the participant's surviving spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has consented in a manner conforming to a qualified election, then to the participant's designated beneficiary.  The surviving spouse may elect to have distribution of the vested account balance commence within the 90-day period following the date of the participant's death.  The account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the participant's death in accordance with the provisions of the plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions.
 
 
(1)
The participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this Section 5.2(b) at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of Section 5.2(c)(1) that would apply to the participant's waiver of the qualified preretirement survivor annuity.
 
 
(2)
For purposes of this Section 5.2(b), vested account balance shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 5.2(c)(3).
 
(c)
Definitions (Code Section 417 Requirements)
 
 
(1)
Qualified Election – A waiver of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity.  Any waiver of a qualified preretirement survivor annuity shall not be effective unless:  (a) the participant's spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the election designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, that may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the participant without any further spousal consent); (c) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and (d) the spouse's consent is witnessed by a plan representative or notary public.  If it is established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election.
 
Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse.  A consent that permits designations by the participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights.  A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a participant without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not be limited.
 
 
(2)
Spouse (Surviving Spouse) – The spouse or surviving spouse of the participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code section 414(p).
 
 
(3)
Vested Account Balance – The aggregate value of the participant's vested account balances derived from employer and employee contributions (including rollovers), whether vested before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if any, on the participant's life.  The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall apply to a participant who is vested in amounts attributable to employer contributions, employee contributions, or both at the time of death or distribution.
 
Section 5.3 – Distribution Requirements
 
Subject to Section 5.2 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the requirements of this Section 5.3 shall apply to any distribution of a participant's interest and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this plan.
 
With respect to distributions under the plan made on or after August 1, 2002 for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements as set forth in this Section 5.3.  Distributions made prior to August 1, 2002 are subject to the provisions of the plan as in effect before this amendment and restatement of the plan.  If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a participant for 2002 prior to August 1, 2002 are equal to or greater than the amount of required minimum distributions determined under this Section 5.3, then no additional distributions are required for such participant for 2002 on or after such date.  If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a participant for 2002 prior to August 1, 2002 are less than the amount determined under this Section 5.3, then the amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 on or after such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 is the amount determined under this Section 5.3.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
31
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(a)
Required Beginning Date – The entire interest of a participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the participant's required beginning date.
 
(b)
Limits on Distribution Periods – As of the first distribution calendar year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):
 
 
(1)
the life of the participant;
 
 
(2)
the life of the participant and a designated beneficiary;
 
 
(3)
a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the participant; or
 
 
(4)
a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the participant and a designated beneficiary.
 
(c)
Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin – If the participant dies before distributions begin, the participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:
 
 
(1)
If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70½, if later.  If the surviving spouse so elects, the participant's entire interest will be distributed to such surviving spouse by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant's death.  If no election is received, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year in which the participant would have attained age 70½, or the participant's entire interest will be distributed to such surviving spouse by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant's death, if later.
 
 
(2)
If the participant's surviving spouse is not the participant's sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant died.  If the designated beneficiary so elects or if no election is received, the participant's entire interest will be distributed to such designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant's death.
 
 
(3)
If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant's death, the participant's entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant's death.
 
 
(4)
If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 5.3(c), other than Section 5.3(c)(1), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.
 
For purposes of this Section 5.3(c) and Section 5.3(f), unless Section 5.3(c)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participant's required beginning date.  If Section 5.3(c)(4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.3(c)(1).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the participant before the participant's required beginning date (or to the participant's surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.3(c)(1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
 
(d)
Forms of Distribution – Unless the participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Subsection (2) and (3).  If the participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.
 
To the extent the participant has a Roth elective deferral account, an employee nondeductible contribution account, or after-tax contributions of either type for which there is separate accounting under his rollover/transfer account, such funds shall be distributed in the order listed before any fully taxable distribution is made to satisfy the minimum distribution requirement.  After the exhaustion of such accounts, distributions shall be debited from a participant's accounts to the extent funded in accordance with the following order of preference:  rollover/transfer account, qualified nonelective contribution account, profit sharing account, employer matching contribution account, employee 401(k) elective deferral account.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
32
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(e)
Required Minimum Distributions During Participant's Lifetime – If a participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the participant and the participant's designated beneficiary or (2) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first distribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's benefit by the applicable life expectancy.
 
 
(1)
Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year – During the participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
 
 
(A)
The quotient obtained by dividing the participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the participant's age as of the participant's birthday in the distribution calendar year; or
 
 
(B)
If the participant's sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the participant's spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the participant's and spouse's birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
 
 
(2)
Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant's Death – Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Section 5.3(e) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the participant's date of death.
 
 
(f)
Required Minimum Distributions After Participant's Death
 
 
(1)
Death On or After Date Distributions Begin – If the participant dies after distribution of his interest has begun, the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the participant's death.
 
 
(A)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary – If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy of the participant's designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
 
 
(i)
The participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
 
 
(ii)
If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant's death using the surviving spouse's age as of the spouse's birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday in the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.
 
 
(iii)
If the participant's surviving spouse is not the participant's sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the participant's death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
 
 
(B)
No Designated Beneficiary – If the participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the participant's death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's account balance by the participant's remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
33
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(2)
Death Before Date Distributions Begin
 
 
(A)
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary – If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participant's designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 5.3(f)(1).
 
 
(B)
No Designated Beneficiary – If the participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the participant's death, distribution of the participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant's death.
 
 
(C)
Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin – If the participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 5.3(c), this Section 5.3(f)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.
 
(g)
Definitions (Code Section 401(a)(9) Requirements)
 
 
(1)
Designated Beneficiary – The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the plan and is the designated beneficiary under Code section 401(a)(9) and Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-4.
 
 
(2)
Distribution Calendar Year – A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required.  For distributions beginning before the participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the participant's required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 5.3(c).  The required minimum distribution for the participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the participant's required beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the participant's required beginning date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
 
 
(3)
Life Expectancy – Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Regulation section 1.401(a)(9)-9.
 
 
(4)
Participant's Account Balance – The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
 
If any portion of the minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar year is made in the second distribution calendar year on or before the required beginning date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second distribution calendar year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding distribution calendar year.
 
 
(5)
Required Beginning Date
 
 
(A)
Non-5% Owner – The required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:  (i) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, or (ii) the calendar year in which the participant retires.
 
If a participant who is not a 5% owner attains age 70½ after December 31, 1995 and before January 1, 2003, the participant shall be permitted to elect to commence the distribution of his benefits as if his required beginning date were April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he attains age 70½.  If an annuity form of payment is elected, the date as of which such distributions commence shall be his annuity starting date for all purposes.  If an installment form of payment is elected, the participant shall have a new annuity starting date as of the date payments are elected to commence following his termination of employment.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
34
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(B)
5% Owner – The required beginning date for a participant who is a 5% owner is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½.  A participant is treated as a 5% owner for purposes of this Section 5.3(g)(5) if such participant is a 5% owner as defined in Code section 416(i) (determined in accordance with section 416 but without regard to whether the plan is top-heavy) at any time during the plan year ending with or within the calendar year in which such participant attains age 70½.
 
 
(C)
Once distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this Section 5.3(g)(5), they must continue to be distributed, even if the participant ceases to be a 5% owner in a subsequent year.
 
Section 5.4 – Top-Heavy Provisions
 
(a)
Application of Provisions – If the plan is or becomes top-heavy in any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983, the provisions of Section 5.4 will supersede any conflicting provisions in the plan.
 
(b)
Minimum Allocation
 
 
(1)
Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(b)(3) and (4) below, the employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than the lesser of 3% of such participant's compensation or in the case where the employer has no defined benefit plan that designates this plan to satisfy Code section 401, the largest percentage of employer contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of key employee's compensation that may be taken into account under Section 1.2(c), allocated on behalf of any key employee for that year.  For this purpose, amounts contributed to the key employee's elective deferral account(s) shall be included as allocations on his behalf for that year.  However, amounts contributed to a non-key employee's elective deferral account(s) shall not be taken into account in determining whether he has received his minimum allocation.  The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.  This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other plan provisions, the participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the participant's failure to complete 1,000 hours of service (or any equivalent provided in the plan), or (ii) the participant's failure to make mandatory employee contributions to the plan, or (iii) the participant's failure to make elective contributions to the plan, or (iv) compensation less than a stated amount.
 
 
(2)
For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, compensation shall mean compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c).
 
 
(3)
The provision in Section 5.4(b)(1) above shall not apply to any participant who was not employed by the employer on the last day of the plan year.
 
 
(4)
The provision in Section 5.4(b)(1) above shall not apply to any participant to the extent the participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the employer and the employer has provided in Section 3.2 or 3.3 that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement that meets the ADP safe harbor requirements and matching contributions with respect to which the ACP safe harbor requirements are met).  If this plan is intended to meet the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to another plan or plans, the employer shall so provide in Section 3.2(c) or 3.3(b), as appropriate.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein and in Section 3.2(c) or 3.3(b), the top-heavy requirements of Code section 416 and this Section 5.4 shall not apply in any year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement that meets the ADP safe harbor requirements as set forth in Sections 3.4(a) and 5.5(f) and matching contributions with respect to which the ACP safe harbor requirements are met as set forth in Sections 3.6 and 5.5(f).
 
 
(5)
The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).
 
 
(6)
Matching Contributions – Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code section 416(c)(2) and the plan if so provided in Section 3.2(c) or 3.3(b).  The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the plan or, if the plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan.  Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code section 401(m).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
35
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(c)
Adjustments in Code Section 415 Limits – If the plan is top-heavy, the defined benefit fraction and the defined contribution fraction shall be computed by applying a factor of 1.0 (instead of 1.25) to the applicable dollar limits under Code section 415(b)(1)(A) and 415(c)(1)(A) for such year, unless the plan meets the following conditions:
 
 
(1)
Such plan would not be a top-heavy plan if “90%” were substituted for “60%” in the top-heavy tests; and
 
 
(2)
The minimum employer contribution percentage under Section 5.4(b) is 4% instead of 3%.
 
 
(3)
A non-key employee who participates in this plan and in a defined benefit plan aggregated herewith will receive in accordance with Section 3.2(c)(2) or Section 3.3(b) either (i) a minimum employer contribution of 7.5% under this plan or another defined contribution plan aggregated herewith or (ii) a minimum nonintegrated accrued benefit of 3% of average annual compensation, not to exceed a cumulative accrued benefit of 30% under the defined benefit plan.
 
However, the reduced Code section 415 factor of 1.0 shall not apply under a top-heavy plan with respect to any individual so long as there are no employer contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary employee nondeductible contributions allocated to such individual.
 
Effective with respect to limitation years beginning after December 31, 1999, this Section 5.4(c) shall no longer be in effect.
 
(d)
Minimum Vesting Schedule – For any plan year in which this plan is top-heavy, the following minimum vesting schedule shall automatically apply to the plan:
 
Years of Service
 
Vesting Percentage
 
 0–1 Year
    0 %
2
    20 %
3
    40 %
4
    60 %
5
    80 %
6 or More Years
    100 %
 
The minimum vesting schedule shall apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code section 416 and benefits accrued before the plan became top-heavy.  Further, no decrease in a participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the plan's status as top-heavy changes for any plan year.  However, this Section does not apply to the account balances of any employee who does not have an hour of service after the plan has initially become top-heavy and such employee's account balance attributable to employer contributions and forfeitures will be determined without regard to this Section.
 
If the vesting schedule under the plans shifts in or out of the above schedule for any plan year because of the plan's top-heavy status, such shift shall constitute an amendment to the vesting schedule and the provisions of Section 7.2(d) and (e) shall apply.
 
(e)
Definitions (Code Section 416 Requirements)
 
 
(1)
Key Employee – In determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, key employee means any employee or former employee (and the beneficiaries of such employee) who at any time during the determination period is an officer of the employer if such individual's annual compensation exceeds $130,000 (as adjusted under Code section 416(i)(1) for plan years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5% owner of the employer, or a 1% owner of the employer who has an annual compensation of more than $150,000.  Annual compensation means compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), but including elective contributions as defined in Section 1.2(a) and elective contributions under a Code section 457 plan or a Code section 501(c)(18) plan for any plan year and subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c).  The determination period is the plan year containing the determination date.  In determining whether an employee is a key employee in 2002, this paragraph shall be treated as having been in effect for the last plan year beginning before January 1, 2002.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
36
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


In determining whether a plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002, key employee means any employee or former employee (and the beneficiaries of such employee) who at any time during the determination period was an officer of the employer if such individual's annual compensation exceeded 50% of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(b)(1)(A), an owner (or considered an owner under Code section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in the employer if such individual's compensation exceeded 100% of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(c)(1)(A), a 5% owner of the employer, or a 1% owner of the employer who had an annual compensation of more than $150,000.  Annual compensation means compensation as defined in Section 5.1(c)(2), but including elective contributions as defined in Section 1.2(a) and elective contributions under a Code section 457 plan or a Code section 501(c)(18) plan for any plan year and subject to the limitations of Section 1.2(c).  The determination period is the plan year containing the determination date and the four preceding plan years.
 
The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with Code section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
 
 
(2)
Top-Heavy Plan – For any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983, this plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exists:
 
 
(A)
If the top-heavy ratio for this plan exceeds 60% and this plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans.
 
 
(B)
If this plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%.
 
 
(C)
If this plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60%.
 
 
(3)
Top-Heavy Ratio
 
 
(A)
If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the one-year period (five-year period in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this plan alone or for the required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all key employees as of the determination date(s) including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the determination date(s) (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the determination date(s) (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
 
 
(B)
If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the one-year period (five-year period in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all key employees, determined in accordance with (A) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all key employees as of the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (A) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the determination date(s), all determined in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the determination date (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
37
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(C)
For purposes of Section 5.4(e)(3)(A) and (B) above the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.  The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant (1) who is not a key employee but who was a key employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining the plan at any time during the one-year period (five-year period in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date will be disregarded.  The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio.  When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same calendar year.
 
The accrued benefit of a participant other than a key employee shall be determined under (1) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (2) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).
 
Catch-up contributions with respect to the current plan year shall not be taken into account; however, catch-up contributions for prior years shall be taken into account.
 
 
(4)
Permissive Aggregation Group – The required aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the employer that, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.
 
 
(5)
Required Aggregation Group – (1) Each qualified plan of the employer in which at least one key employee participates or participated at any time during the determination period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the employer that enables a plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) or 410.
 
 
(6)
Determination Date – For any plan year subsequent to the first plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year.  For the first plan year of the plan, the last day of that year.
 
 
(7)
Valuation Date – The last day of the plan year shall be the date as of which account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio.
 
 
(8)
Present Value – Present value shall be based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in the employer’s defined benefit plan.
 
 
(9)
Non-Key Employee – Any employee who is not a key employee.  Non-key employees include employees who are former key employees.
 
Section 5.5 – Limitations and Conditions Regarding Contributions Under Code Sections 402(g), 401(k), and 401(m)
 
(a)
(1)        Limit Maximum Amount of Elective Deferrals Under Code Section 402(g)
 
No participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under this plan, or any other qualified plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the employer, during any calendar year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) in effect for the participant's taxable year at the beginning of such calendar year.  If Section 3.4 so provides, in the case of a participant age 50 or over by the end of the taxable year, the dollar limitation described in the preceding sentence shall include the amount of elective deferrals that are permitted to be catch-up contributions.  The dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in 2000 and 2001 increasing to $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002 and increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years.  After 2006, the Secretary of the Treasury will adjust the $15,000 dollar limitation for cost-of-living increases under Code section 402(g)(4).  Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
38
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(2)
Catch-up Contributions
 
Catch-up contributions means elective deferrals made to the plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable plan limit and that are made by participants who are age 50 or over by the end of their taxable years.  An otherwise applicable plan limit is a limit in the plan that applies to elective deferrals without regard to catch-up contributions, such as any limitation set forth in Section 3.4, the limits on annual additions described in Section 5.1, the dollar limitation on elective deferrals under Code section 402(g) (not taking into account catch-up contributions) and the limit imposed by the actual deferral percentage (ADP) test under Section 5.5(b).  Catch-up contributions for a participant for a taxable year may not exceed:
 
 
(A)
the dollar limit on catch-up contributions under Code section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year; or
 
 
(B)
when added to other elective deferrals, 85% of the participant’s compensation for the taxable year.
 
The dollar limit on catch-up contributions under Code section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years.  After 2006, the Secretary of the Treasury will adjust the $5,000 limitation for cost-of-living increases under Code section 414(v)(2)(C).  Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
 
Catch-up contributions shall not be:
 
 
(A)
subject to the limits on annual additions;
 
 
(B)
taken into account under the ADP test; and
 
 
(C)
taken into account in determining the minimum allocation under Section 5.4(b); however, catch-up contributions made in prior years shall be taken into account in determining whether the plan is top-heavy.
 
Provisions in the plan relating to catch-up contributions apply to elective deferrals made after December 31, 2001.
 
 
(3)
D istribution of Excess Elective Deferrals
 
A participant may assign to this plan any excess elective deferrals made during a taxable year of the participant by following the claim procedure set forth in Section 5.5(a)(4).  Also, the employer may notify this plan on behalf of a participant who has excess deferrals for the taxable year calculated by taking into account only elective deferrals under the plans, contracts or arrangements maintained by the employer.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan, excess elective deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than April 15 to any participant to whose account excess elective deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and for whom excess elective deferrals have been claimed for such taxable year or calendar year.
 
 
(4)
Claims
 
The participant's claim shall be submitted in writing to the plan administrator no later than March 1.  The participant shall specify the excess deferral amount for the preceding calendar year and shall provide a written statement that if such amounts are not distributed, such excess deferral amount, when added to amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Code sections 401(k), 408(k), 457, or 403(b), exceeds the limit imposed on the participant by Code section 402(g) for the year in which the deferral occurred.
 
 
(5)
Definitions (Code Section 402(g) Limitations)
 
 
(A)
Elective Deferrals shall mean any employer contributions made to the plan at the election of the participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism.  With respect to any taxable year, a participant's elective deferral is the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension described in section 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in section 408(p), any plan as described under section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on the behalf of a participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.  Elective deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
39
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(B)
Excess Elective Deferrals shall mean those elective deferrals that either:  (i) are made during the participant's taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Section 5.5(a) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on catch-up contributions described in Section 5.5(a)(2)) for such year; or (ii) are made during a calendar year and exceed such dollar limitations for the participant's taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only elective deferrals made under this plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the employer.  Excess elective deferrals shall be treated as annual additions under the plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the participant's taxable year.
 
 
(6)
Determination of Income or Loss
 
Excess elective deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess elective deferrals is the income or loss allocable to the participant's elective deferral account(s) for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess elective deferrals for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance attributable to elective deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year.
 
(b)
(1)       Actual Deferral Percentage Test
 
Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the actual deferral percentage (hereinafter “ADP”) for a plan year for participants who are highly compensated employees for the plan year and the prior year's ADP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year must satisfy one of the following tests:  (i) The ADP for a plan year for participants who are highly compensated employees for the plan year shall not exceed the prior year's ADP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year multiplied by 1.25; or (ii) The ADP for a plan year for participants who are highly compensated employees for the plan year shall not exceed the prior year's ADP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for participants who are highly compensated employees does not exceed the ADP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees in the prior plan year by more than two (2) percentage points.
 
In place of the prior year testing method described above, if so elected by the employer and adopted in Section 3.4(a), the ADP tests in (i) and (ii) will be applied by comparing the current plan year's ADP for participants who are highly compensated employees with the current plan year's ADP for participants who are non-highly compensated employees.  In the alternative, the plan may satisfy the ADP test requirements by meeting the ADP test safe harbor requirements as described in Section 5.5(f).  Election of this method shall be treated as an election to use the current year testing method.  Once the current year testing method election has been made, the employer can elect prior year testing for a plan year only if the plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 plan years (or if lesser, the number of plan years the plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code section 410(b)(6)(c)(i), the employer maintains both a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in section 410(b)(6)(c)(ii).  Such elections shall be reflected in Section 3.4(a).
 
 
(A)
Special Rules Applying to ADP Test
 
 
(i)
A participant is a highly compensated employee for a particular plan year if he meets the definition of a highly compensated employee in effect for that plan year.  A participant is a non-highly compensated employee for a particular plan year if he does not meet the definition of a highly compensated employee in effect for that plan year.
 
 
(ii)
The ADP for any participant who is a highly compensated employee for the plan year and who is eligible to have elective deferrals (and qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both, to the extent treated as elective deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to his accounts under two or more arrangements described in Code section 401(k), that are maintained by the employer, shall be determined as if such elective deferrals (and, to the extent taken into account, such qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement.  If a highly compensated employee participates in two or more cash or deferred arrangements of the employer that have different plan years, all elective deferrals made during the plan year for this plan under all such arrangements shall be aggregated.  For plan years beginning before January 1, 2006, all elective deferrals made under all such cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code section 401(k).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
40
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(iii)
In the event that this plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections only if aggregated with this plan, then this Section 5.5(b)(1) shall be applied by determining the ADP of employees as if all such plans were a single plan.  If more than 10% of the employer's non-highly compensated employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the nonhighly compensated employees' ADP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with such regulation, unless the employer has elected in Section 3.4(a) to use the current year testing method.  For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year.  For plan years beginning after December 31, 1996, plans may be permissively aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(k) only if they use the same ADP testing method.
 
 
(iv)
If:  (A) this plan is not a successor plan (as defined in Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(c)(2)(iii)), (B) this plan is not aggregated under Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4) for such plan year with any other plan that was or that included a Code section 401(k) plan in the prior year, and (C) the first plan year commences after December 31, 1996; then, in the case of the first plan year the plan permits any participant to make elective deferrals the amount treated as the ADP for participants who are non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year shall be 3% or, if the employer so elects, the ADP for participants who are non-highly compensated employees as calculated for such first plan year.  Such election shall be set forth in Section 3.4(a).
 
 
(v)
For purposes of determining the ADP test, elective deferrals, qualified nonelective contributions and qualified matching contributions must be made before the last day of the twelve-month period immediately following the plan year to which contributions relate.  An elective deferral shall be taken into account only if it relates to compensation that either (a) would have been received by the participant in the plan year but for the deferral election, or (b) is attributable to services performed by the participant in the plan year and would have been received by the participant within 2½ months after the last day of the plan year but for the deferral election.
 
When the prior year testing method is used, qualified nonelective contributions and qualified matching contributions shall not be taken into account.
 
 
(vi)
The plan administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both, used in such test.
 
 
(vii)
When the current year testing method is used, qualified nonelective contributions may be taken into account as elective deferrals only to the extent needed to meet the ADP test.  Further, qualified matching contributions may be taken into account only to the extent such contributions are not needed to meet the average deferral percentage test unless it is the intention of the plan administrator to test all qualified nonelective and matching contributions under the ADP test.
 
(viii)
Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, qualified nonelective contributions cannot be taken into account for a plan year for a non-highly compensated employee to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that non-highly compensated employee's compensation and the greater of 5% or two times the plan's representative contribution rate.  For this purpose, the plan's representative contribution rate is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible non-highly compensated employee among a group of eligible non-highly compensated employees that consists of half of all eligible non-highly compensated employees for the plan year (or, if greater, the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible non-highly compensated employee in the group of all eligible non-highly compensated employees for the plan year and who is employed by the employer on the last day of the plan year).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
41
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


The applicable contribution rate for an eligible non-highly compensated employee is the sum of his qualified matching contributions taken into account under the ADP test and his qualified nonelective contributions for the plan year, divided by his compensation for the same period.  Notwithstanding the preceding, qualified nonelective contributions that are made in connection with an employer's obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act can be taken into account for a plan year for a non-highly compensated employee to the extent such contributions do not exceed 10% of his compensation.
 
 
(ix)
Applicable limitations when testing changes from current year testing to prior year testing:  The ADP for the prior plan year shall be determined taking into account only:  (A) elective contributions for non-highly compensated employees that were taken into account for purposes of the ADP test in the prior plan year under the current plan year testing method and (B) qualified nonelective contributions not previously taken into account under either the ADP or ACP test.
 
 
(x)
The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
 
 
(B)
Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) shall mean, for a specified group of participants (either highly compensated employees or non-highly compensated employees) for a plan year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each participant in such group) of (1) the amount of employer contributions actually paid over to the trust on behalf of such participant for the plan year to (2) the participant's compensation as defined in Section 1.2(e).  The actual deferral ratio of each participant and the actual deferral percentage of each group shall be calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point.  Employer contributions on behalf of any participant shall include: (1) any elective deferrals (other than catch-up contributions) made pursuant to the participant's deferral election, including excess elective deferrals of highly compensated employees, but excluding (a) excess elective deferrals of nonhighly compensated employees that arise solely from elective deferrals to the extent the excess deferrals are prohibited under Code section 401(a)(30) due to the contributions made under this plan and without taking into account deferrals made under an unrelated employer's plan and (b) elective deferrals that are taken into account in the actual contribution percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these elective deferrals); and (2) at the election of the employer, qualified nonelective contributions and qualified matching contributions.  For purposes of computing actual deferral percentages, an employee who would be a participant but for the failure to make elective deferrals shall be treated as a participant on whose behalf no elective deferrals are made.  Amounts distributed under Section 5.1(a)(4)(B) shall not be included in the calculation of the ADP.
 
 
(2)
Distribution of Excess Contributions
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this plan, excess contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of each plan year to participants to whose accounts such excess contributions were allocated for the preceding plan year, except to the extent such excess contributions are classified as catch-up contributions.  If such excess amounts (other than catch-up contributions) are distributed more than 2½ months after the last day of the plan year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to such amounts.  Excess contributions shall be allocated to the highly compensated employees with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the ADP test for the plan year in which the excess arose, beginning with the highly compensated employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all of the excess contributions have been allocated.  To the extent a highly compensated employee has not reached his catch-up contribution limit under the plan, excess contributions allocated to such highly compensated employee shall be recognized as catch-up contributions and will not be treated as excess contributions.
 
Excess contributions shall be treated as annual additions under the plan even if distributed.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
42
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(A)
Determination of Income or Loss – Excess contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess contributions allocated to each participant is the sum of:  (i) the income or loss allocable to the participant's elective deferral account(s) (and, if applicable, the qualified nonelective contribution account or the qualified employer matching contribution account or both) for the plan year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess contributions for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance(s) attributable to elective deferrals (and qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such plan year; and (ii) effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, and to the extent the excess contributions are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the plan year and prior to the distribution), 10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 
 
(B)
Accounting for Excess Contributions – Excess contributions allocated to a participant shall be distributed from the participant's elective deferral account(s) and qualified employer matching contribution account (if applicable) in proportion to the participant's elective deferrals and qualified matching contributions (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the plan year.  Excess contributions shall be distributed from the participant's qualified nonelective contribution account only to the extent that such excess contributions exceed the balance in the participant's elective deferral account(s) and employer matching contribution account.
 
 
(C)
Excess Contributions shall mean, with respect to any plan year, the excess of:  (i) The aggregate amount of employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of highly compensated employees for such plan year, over (ii) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of highly compensated employees in order of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).
 
Such determination shall be made after first determining excess elective deferrals pursuant to Section 5.5(a).
 
(c)
(1)       Limitations on Employee and Matching Contributions Under Code Section 401(m)
 
Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the actual contribution percentage (hereinafter “ACP”) for a plan year for participants who are highly compensated employees for the plan year and the prior year's ACP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year must satisfy one of the following tests:  (i) The ACP for a plan year for participants who are highly compensated employees for the plan year shall not exceed the prior year's ACP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year multiplied by 1.25; or (ii) The ACP for a plan year for participants who are highly compensated employees for the plan year shall not exceed the prior year's ACP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for participants who are highly compensated employees does not exceed the ACP for participants who were non-highly compensated employees in the prior plan year by more than two (2) percentage points.
 
In place of the prior year testing method described above, if so elected by the employer and adopted in Section 3.6, the ACP tests in (i) and (ii) will be applied by comparing the current plan year's ACP for participants who are highly compensated employees with the current plan year's ACP for participants who are non-highly compensated employees.  In the alternative, the plan may satisfy the ACP test requirements by meeting the safe harbor requirements of Section 5.5(f)(3) and (4).  Election of this method shall be treated as an election to use the current year testing method.  In such a plan year, the current year testing method shall be used for the purpose of testing any employee nondeductible contributions.  Once the current year testing method election has been made, the employer can elect prior year testing for a plan year only if the plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 plan years (or if lesser, the number of plan years the plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code section 410(b)(6)(c)(i), the employer maintains both a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described in section 410(b)(6)(c)(ii).  Such elections shall be reflected in Section 3.6.
 
 
(A)
Special Rules for Limitations Under Code Section 401(m)
 
 
(i)
A participant is a highly compensated employee for a particular plan year if he meets the definition of a highly compensated employee in effect for that plan year.  A participant is a nonhighly compensated employee for a particular plan year if he does not meet the definition of a highly compensated employee in effect for that plan year.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
43
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(ii)
Multiple Use :  If one or more highly compensated employees are subject to both the ADP test and the ACP test and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those highly compensated employees subject to either or both tests exceeds the aggregate limit, then for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002 either the ADP or the ACP of those highly compensated employees who are subject to both tests will be reduced (in accordance with Section 5.5(b)(2) or Section 5.5(c)(2), as applicable) so that the limit is not exceeded.  The plan administrator shall determine whether the ADP or the ACP for the plan will be reduced for the plan year.  The amount by which each highly compensated employee's percentage is reduced shall be treated as either an excess contribution or an excess aggregate contribution, as appropriate.  The ADP and ACP of the highly compensated employees are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests for the plan year.  Multiple use does not occur if both the ADP and ACP of the highly compensated employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the non-highly compensated employees.  Multiple use shall not occur if the ADP test is met by satisfying the ADP safe harbor requirements of Section 5.5(f)(2) or if the ACP test is met by satisfying the ACP safe harbor requirements of Section 5.5(f)(3), the plan administrator meets the notice requirements of Section 5.5(f)(4), and there are no employee nondeductible contributions under a plan sponsored by the employer.  Restrictions on multiple use do not apply for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001.
 
 
(iii)
For purposes of this Section 5.5(c)(1), the contribution percentage for any participant who is a highly compensated employee and who is eligible to have contribution percentage amounts allocated to his account under two or more plans described in Code section 401(a), or arrangements described in Code section 401(k) that are maintained by the employer, shall be determined as if the total of such contribution percentage amounts were made under each plan and arrangement.  If a highly compensated employee participates in two or more such plans or cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, all contribution percentage amounts made during the plan year for this plan under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated.  For plan years beginning before January 1, 2006, all such plans and cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code section 401(m).
 
 
(iv)
In the event that this plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections only if aggregated with this plan, then this Section 5.5(c)(1) shall be applied by determining the ACP of employees as if all such plans were a single plan.  If more than 10% of the employer's non-highly compensated employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the nonhighly compensated employee ACP for the prior year shall be made in accordance with such regulation, unless the employer has elected in Section 3.6 to use the current year testing method.  For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year.  For plan years beginning after December 31, 1996, plans may be permissively aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(m) only if they use the same ACP testing method.
 
 
(v)
If:  (A) this plan is not a successor plan (as defined in Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(c)(2)(iii)), (B) this plan is not aggregated under Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4) for such plan year with any other plan that was or that included a Code section 401(m) plan in the prior year, and (C) the first plan year commences after December 31, 1996; then, in the case of the first plan year this plan permits any participant to make employee contributions, provides for matching contributions or both the amount treated as the ACP for participants who are non-highly compensated employees for the prior plan year shall be 3% or, if the employer so elects, the ACP for participants who are non-highly compensated employees as calculated for such first plan year.  Such election shall be set forth in Section 3.6.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
44
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(vi)
For purposes of determining the ACP test, employee contributions are considered to have been made in the plan year in which contributed to the trust.  Matching contributions and qualified nonelective contributions will be considered made for a plan year if made no later than the end of the twelve-month period beginning on the day after the close of the plan year.
 
When the prior year testing method is used, qualified nonelective contributions shall not be taken into account.
 
 
(vii)
The plan administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both, used in such test.
 
(viii)
Elective deferral contributions may be taken into account; however, the ADP test shall be met before any elective deferrals are used in the ACP test and the elective deferrals needed to meet the ADP test shall not be used to meet the ACP test.  When the current year testing method is used, qualified nonelective contributions shall be taken into account to the extent such contributions are not used to meet the ADP test.
 
(ix)
Effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, a matching contribution with respect to an elective deferral for a non-highly compensated employee shall not be taken into account under the ACP test to the extent it exceeds the greatest of:  (A) 5% of compensation; (B) the employee's elective deferrals for a year; and (C) the product of 2 times the plan's representative matching rate and the employee's elective deferrals for a year.  For this purpose, the plan's representative matching rate is the lowest matching rate for any eligible non-highly compensated employee among a group of non-highly compensated employees that consists of half of all eligible non-highly compensated employees in the plan for the plan year who make elective deferrals for the plan year (or, if greater, the lowest matching rate for all eligible non-highly compensated employees in the plan who are employed by the employer on the last day of the plan year and who make elective deferrals for the plan year).
 
The matching rate for an employee generally is the matching contributions made for such employee divided by his elective deferrals (and employee nondeductible contributions) for the year.  If the matching rate is not the same for all levels of his elective deferrals (and employee nondeductible contributions), the employee's matching rate is determined assuming that his elective deferrals are equal to 6% of compensation.
 
 
(x)
Applicable limitations when testing changes from current year testing to prior year testing:  The ACP for the prior plan year shall be determined taking into account only:  (A) employee contributions for non-highly compensated employees made for the prior plan year, (B) matching contributions for non-highly compensated employees that were taken into account for purposes of the ACP test in the prior plan year under the current plan year testing method, and (C) qualified nonelective contributions not previously taken into account under either the ADP or ACP test.
 
 
(xi)
The determination and treatment of the ACP amounts of any participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
 
 
(B)
Definitions (Code Section 401(m) Limitations)
 
 
(i)
Aggregate Limit , for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002 only, shall mean the sum of (i) 125% of the greater of the ADP of the nonhighly compensated employees for the prior plan year or the ACP of nonhighly compensated employees under the plan subject to Code section 401(m) for the plan year beginning with or within the prior plan year of the 401(k) plan and (ii) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP.  “Lesser” is substituted for “greater” in (i) above, and “greater” is substituted for “lesser” after “two plus the” in (ii) if it would result in a larger aggregate limit.  If the employer has elected the use of the current year testing method, then, in calculating the aggregate limit for a particular plan year, the nonhighly compensated employees' ADP and ACP for that plan year is used in place of the ADP and ACP for the prior plan year.
 
 
(ii)
Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) shall mean, for a specified group of participants (either highly compensated employees or non-highly compensated employees) for a plan year, the average of the contribution percentages of the eligible participants in the group.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
45
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(iii)
Contribution Percentage shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point) of the participant's contribution percentage amounts to the participant's compensation as defined in Section 1.2(e).
 
 
(iv)
Contribution Percentage Amounts shall mean the sum of the employee nondeductible contributions, employer matching contributions and elective deferrals (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP test) made under the plan on behalf of the participant for the plan year.  Such contribution percentage amounts shall not include matching contributions that are forfeited either to correct excess aggregate contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are excess deferrals, excess contributions, or excess aggregate contributions.  Qualified nonelective contributions may be included in the contribution percentage amounts.  Elective deferrals may also be used in calculating the contribution percentage amounts so long as the ADP test is met before the elective deferrals are used in the ACP test and the ADP test continues to be met following the exclusion of those elective deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test.  The contribution percentage amounts shall be calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point.  Amounts distributed under Section 5.1(a)(4)(A) and (B) shall not be included in the calculation.
 
 
(v)
Eligible Participant shall mean any employee who is eligible to make an employee nondeductible contribution, or an elective deferral (if the employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the contribution percentage), or to receive an employer matching contribution (including forfeitures).  If an employee nondeductible contribution is required as a condition of participation in the plan, any employee who would be a participant in the plan if such employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an eligible participant on behalf of whom no employee contributions are made.
 
 
(vi)
Employee Nondeductible Contribution (or employee contribution) shall mean any contribution made under Section 3.5 to the plan by or on behalf of a participant that is included in the participant's gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings and losses are allocated.
 
 
(vii)
Matching Contribution shall mean an employer contribution made to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a participant on account of an employee nondeductible contribution made by such participant, or on account of a participant's elective deferral, under a plan maintained by the employer.
 
 
(2)
Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this plan, excess aggregate contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each plan year to participants to whose accounts such excess aggregate contributions were allocated for the preceding plan year.  Excess aggregate contributions shall be allocated to the highly compensated employees with the largest contribution dollar amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP test for the plan year in which the excess arose, beginning with the highly compensated employee with the largest dollar amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all of the excess aggregate contributions have been allocated.  If such excess aggregate contributions are distributed more than 2½ months after the last day of the plan year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the employer maintaining the plan with respect to those amounts.  Excess aggregate contributions shall be treated as annual additions under the plan even if distributed.
 
 
(A)
Determination of Income or Loss – Excess aggregate contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess aggregate contributions allocated to each participant is the sum of:  (i) the income or loss allocable to the participant's employee nondeductible contribution account, employer matching contribution account (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable, qualified nonelective contribution account and elective deferral account(s) for the plan year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess aggregate contributions for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance(s) attributable to contribution percentage amounts without regard to any income or loss occurring during such plan year; and (ii) effective for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, and to the extent the excess contributions are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the plan year and prior to the distribution), 10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
46
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(B)
Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions – Forfeitures of excess aggregate matching contributions may either be reallocated to the accounts of non-highly compensated employees or applied to reduce employer contributions, as provided in Section 3.6(e).
 
 
(C)
Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions – Excess aggregate contributions allocated to a participant shall be forfeited, if forfeitable or distributed on a pro-rata basis from the participant's employee nondeductible contribution account and employer matching contribution account (and, if applicable, the participant's qualified nonelective contribution account or elective deferral account(s), or both).
 
 
(D)
Excess Aggregate Contributions shall mean, with respect to any plan year, the excess of:  (i) The aggregate contribution percentage amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the contribution percentage actually made on behalf of highly compensated employees for such plan year, over (ii) The maximum contribution percentage amounts permitted by the ACP test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of highly compensated employees in order of their contribution percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages).
 
Such determination shall be made after first determining excess elective deferrals pursuant to Section 5.5(a) and then determining excess contributions pursuant to Section 5.5(b)(2).
 
 
(3)
Required Forfeitures – Any employer matching contribution attributable to an excess elective deferral determined pursuant to Section 5.5(a) or an excess contribution determined pursuant to Section 5.5(b)(2) shall be forfeited.  Any nonvested excess aggregate contribution determined pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(2) shall also be forfeited.
 
(d)
Top-Heavy Requirements
 
Elective deferrals (and for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002 employer matching contributions) will not be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying the minimum top-heavy contribution requirement.  However, qualified nonelective contributions and employer matching contributions (for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2002) may be taken into account for this purpose as provided in Section 3.2(c) or 3.3(b), as appropriate.
 
(e)
Restrictions on Payment of Certain Accounts
 
Elective deferrals, qualified nonelective contributions, and qualified matching contributions, and income allocable to each are not distributable to a participant or his beneficiary in accordance with such person's election, earlier than upon the participant's severance from employment (separation from service for plan years beginning before 2002), death, or disability.  All distributions that may be made pursuant to one or more of the distributable events described in this Section 5.5(e) are subject to the spousal and participant consent requirements as described in Section 5.2(a).
 
 
(1)
Such account balances may also be distributed upon:
 
 
(A)
Termination of the plan without the employer maintaining or establishing another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7) or 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code section 408(k)), a SIMPLE IRA plan (as defined in Code section 408(p)), a plan or contract described in Code section 403(b) or a plan described in Code section 457(b) or (f)) at any time during the period beginning on the date of plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the plan.  Such a distribution must be made in a lump sum or through the purchase of an annuity contract that shall be owned by the participant (if an annuity payment option is otherwise available under Section 4.3(b)).
 
 
(B)
The attainment of age 59½ in the case of a profit sharing plan.
 
 
(C)
The hardship of the participant as described in Section 4.4(a).
 
 
(2)
For plan years beginning before 2002, such account balances could also be distributed upon:
 
 
(A)
The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of Code section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or business of such corporation if such corporation continues to maintain this plan after the disposition, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.  Such a distribution must be made in a lump sum.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
47
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(B)
The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code section 409(d)(3)) if such corporation continues to maintain this plan, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.  Such a distribution must be made in a lump sum.
 
 
(f)
Safe Harbor Alternative Compliance
 
 
(1)
If the plan so provides in Section 3.4(a) or Section 3.6 that the safe harbor requirements will be met, the provisions of this Section 5.5(f) shall apply for the plan year as provided in such Sections and any provisions relating to the ADP test described in Section 5.5(b) or the ACP test described in Section 5.5(c) shall not apply.  To the extent that any other provision of the plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 5.5(f), the provisions of this Section 5.5(f) shall govern when Section 3.4(a) or Section 3.6 so provide.
 
 
(2)
ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions – The plan may provide in Section 3.4(a) that the ADP test safe harbor requirements shall be satisfied by the employer making a safe harbor employer matching contribution as provided under Section 3.6 (or as a separate safe harbor employer matching contribution as provided under Section 3.6A) or by the employer making a safe harbor nonelective contribution under Section 3.3 of at least 3% of the employee's compensation or under another defined contribution plan sponsored by the employer.  In any case, the notice described in Section 5.5(f)(4) shall be given.  The participant's accrued benefit derived from ADP test safe harbor contributions shall be nonforfeitable and may not be distributed earlier than provided in Section 5.5(e), regardless of the form of the contribution.
 
 
(3)
ACP Test Safe Harbor Requirements – The plan may provide in Section 3.6 that the ACP test safe harbor requirements shall be satisfied by the employer making a safe harbor nonelective contribution under Section 3.3 of at least 3% of the employee's compensation or by the employer making a matching contribution on behalf of each eligible employee that either:
 
 
(A)
is equal to 100% of the elective contributions of the employee to the extent such elective contributions do not exceed 3% of the employee's compensation, plus 50% of the elective contributions of the employee to the extent that such elective contributions exceed 3% but do not exceed 5% of the employee's compensation; or
 
 
(B)
does not increase as an employee's rate of elective contributions increase and the aggregate amount of which shall be at least equal to the aggregate amount of matching contributions which would be made if matching contributions were made on the basis of the percentages described in Section 5.5(f)(3)(A).
 
In either case, the notice described in Section 5.5(f)(4) shall be given and matching contributions on behalf of any employee shall not be made with respect to an employee's nondeductible contributions or elective deferrals in excess of 6% of the employee's compensation.  The rate of an employer's matching contribution shall not increase as the rate of an employee's nondeductible contributions or elective deferrals increase nor shall the matching contribution with respect to any highly compensated employee be greater than that with respect to an employee who is not a highly compensated employee.
 
 
(4)
Safe Harbor Notice – If the employer elects to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of this Section 5.5(f), the plan administrator shall provide to each employee eligible to participate in the plan, no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to any plan year (or his entry date in the case of a new participant), written notice of the employee's rights and obligations under the plan that is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the employee of such rights and obligations.  If an employee becomes eligible to participate after the 90th day before the beginning of the plan year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the employee becomes eligible but not later than the date the employee becomes eligible.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
48
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(A)
Contents of the Notice – Such notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average employee eligible to participate hereunder.  The notice shall accurately describe:  (i) the safe harbor matching or nonelective contribution formula used under the plan (including a description of the levels of matching contributions, if any, available under the plan); (ii) any other contributions under the plan (including the potential for discretionary matching contributions) and the conditions under which such contributions are made; (iii) the plan to which safe harbor contributions will be made if such contributions will be made to another plan; (iv) the type and amount of compensation that may be deferred under the plan; (v) how to make cash or deferred elections, including any administrative requirements that apply to such elections; (vi) the periods available under the plan for making cash or deferred elections; and (vii) withdrawal and vesting provisions applicable to contributions under the plan.  If eligible employees have been provided with the current summary plan description, the written notice may instead cross-reference the relevant portion with respect to items (ii), (iii), and (iv); however, such notice must also provide the telephone numbers, addresses and, if applicable, electronic addresses, of the individuals or offices from whom employees can obtain additional information about the plan.
 
 
(B)
Alternative Timing of Amendment and Notice for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution – If the employer determines that it may choose during a plan year to satisfy the ADP test safe harbor requirements by providing a safe harbor nonelective contribution, the plan administrator shall provide a written notice to eligible employees before the beginning of the plan year that (i) the plan may be amended during the plan year to provide that the employer will make a safe harbor nonelective contribution of at least 3% to the plan for the plan year and (ii) if the plan is so amended, a supplemental notice will be given to eligible employees 30 days prior to the last day of the plan year informing them of such an amendment.  If the employer elects during the plan year to satisfy the ADP test safe harbor requirements by providing a safe harbor nonelective contribution, the amendment shall be adopted not later than 30 days before the last day of the plan year.  The supplemental notice shall be distributed no later than 30 days prior to the last day of the plan year and shall state that a 3% safe harbor nonelective contribution will be made for the plan year.
 
ARTICLE VI – ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
 
Section 6.1 – Fiduciary Responsibility
 
(a)
Fiduciary Standards – A fiduciary shall discharge his duties with respect to a plan solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries and –
 
For the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan;
 
With the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;
 
By diversifying the investments of the plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
 
In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of ERISA.
 
(b)
Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility
 
 
(1)
It is intended to allocate to each fiduciary, either named or otherwise, the individual responsibility for the prudent execution of the functions assigned to him.  None of the allocated responsibilities or any other responsibilities shall be shared by two or more fiduciaries unless specifically provided for in the plan.
 
 
(2)
When one fiduciary is required to follow the directions of another fiduciary, the two fiduciaries shall not be deemed to share such responsibility.  Instead, the responsibility of the fiduciary giving the directions shall be deemed to be his sole responsibility and the responsibility of the fiduciary receiving directions shall be to follow those directions insofar as such instructions on their face are proper under applicable law.
 
 
(3)
Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to this plan.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
49
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
(4)
A fiduciary under this plan may employ one or more persons, including independent accountants, attorneys and actuaries to render advice with regard to any responsibility such fiduciary has under the plan.
 
(c)
Indemnification by Employer – Unless resulting from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith on the part of a fiduciary who is an officer or employee of the employer, the employer shall indemnify and save harmless such fiduciary from, against, for and in respect of any and all damages, losses, obligations, liabilities, liens, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and other costs and expenses incident to any suit, action, investigation, claim or proceedings suffered in connection with his acting as a fiduciary under the plan.
 
(d)
Named Fiduciary – The person or persons named by the employer as having fiduciary responsibility for the management and control of plan assets shall be known as the “named fiduciary” hereunder.  Such responsibility shall include the appointment of the plan administrator (Section 6.2(a)) and the investment manager (Section 6.4(b)) and the deciding of benefit appeals (Section 6.3).  The employer shall retain the authority to appoint the trustee (Section 6.4(a)).
 
Section 6.2 – Plan Administrator
 
(a)
Appointment of Plan Administrator
 
The named fiduciary shall appoint a plan administrator who may be a person or an administrative committee consisting of no more than five members.  Vacancies occurring upon resignation or removal of a plan administrator or a committee member shall be filled promptly by the named fiduciary.  Any plan administrator may resign at any time by giving notice of his resignation to the named fiduciary, and any plan administrator may be removed at any time by the named fiduciary.  The named fiduciary shall review at regular intervals the performance of the plan administrator(s) and shall re-evaluate the appointment of such administrator(s).  After the named fiduciary has appointed the plan administrator and has received a written notice of acceptance, the fiduciary responsibility for administration of the plan shall be the responsibility of the plan administrator or plan administrative committee.
 
(b)
Duties and Powers of Plan Administrator
 
The plan administrator shall have the following duties and discretionary powers and such other duties and discretionary powers as relate to the administration of the plan:
 
 
(1)
To determine in a nondiscriminatory manner all questions relating to the eligibility of employees to become participants.
 
 
(2)
To determine in a nondiscriminatory manner eligibility for benefits and to determine and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to participants.
 
 
(3)
To authorize all disbursements from the fund.
 
 
(4)
To appoint or employ any independent person to perform necessary plan functions and to assist in the fulfillment of administrative responsibilities as he deems advisable, including the retention of a third party administrator, custodian, auditor, accountant, actuary, or attorney.
 
 
(5)
When appropriate, to select an insurance company and annuity contracts that, in his opinion, will best carry out the purposes of the plan.
 
 
(6)
To construe and interpret any ambiguities in the plan and to make, publish, interpret, alter, amend or revoke rules for the regulation of the plan that are consistent with the terms of the plan and with ERISA.
 
 
(7)
To prepare and distribute, in such manner as determined to be appropriate, information explaining the plan.
 
(c)
Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility Within Plan Administrative Committee
 
If the plan administrator is a plan administrative committee, the committee shall choose from its members a chairperson and a secretary.  The committee may allocate responsibility for those duties and powers listed in Section 6.2(b)(1) and (2) (except determination of qualification for disability retirement) and other purely ministerial duties to one or more members of the committee.  The committee shall review at regular intervals the performance of any committee member to whom fiduciary responsibility has been allocated and shall re-evaluate such allocation of responsibility.  After the plan administrative committee has made such allocations of responsibilities and has received written notice of acceptance, the fiduciary responsibilities for such administrative duties and powers shall then be considered as the responsibilities of such committee member(s).
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
50
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(d)
Miscellaneous Provisions
 
 
(1)
Plan Administrative Committee Actions – The actions of such committee shall be determined by the vote or other affirmative expression of a majority of its members.  Either the chairperson or the secretary may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the committee.  A member of the committee who is a participant shall not vote on any question relating specifically to himself.  If the remaining members of the committee, by majority vote thereof, are unable to come to a determination of any such question, the named fiduciary shall appoint a substitute member who shall act as a member of the committee for the special vote.
 
 
(2)
Expenses – The plan administrator shall serve without compensation for service as such.  All reasonable expenses of the plan administrator shall be paid by the employer or from the fund.
 
 
(3)
Examination of Records – The plan administrator shall make available to any participant for examination during business hours such of the plan records as pertain only to the participant involved.
 
 
(4)
Information to the Plan Administrator – To enable the plan administrator to perform the administrative functions, the employer shall supply full and timely information to the plan administrator on all participants as the plan administrator may require.
 
Section 6.3 – Claims Procedure
 
(a)
Notification of Claim Determination – The plan administrator shall notify each participant in writing of his determination of benefits.  If the plan administrator denies any benefit, such written denial shall include:
 
 
·
The specific reasons for denial;
 
 
·
Reference to provisions on which the denial is based;
 
 
·
A description of and reason for any additional information needed to process the claim; and
 
 
·
A description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
 
If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the plan administrator shall notify the claimant of the plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim by the plan, unless the plan administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim.  If the plan administrator determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the plan expects to render the benefit determination.
 
(b)
Appeal – The participant or his duly authorized representative may:
 
 
·
Make a written request for a review of the participant's case by the named fiduciary;
 
 
·
Review upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and have copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits;
 
 
·
Submit written issues, comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
The written request for review must be submitted no later than 60 days after receiving written notification of denial of benefits.  A document, record, or other information shall be considered relevant to a claimant's claim if such document, record, or other information:
 
 
·
Was relied upon in making the benefit determination;
 
 
·
Was submitted, considered, or generated in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such document, record, or other information was relied upon in making the benefit determination; or
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
51
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


 
·
Demonstrates compliance with the administrative processes and safeguards required by law in making the benefit determination.
 
(c)
Appeal Procedure
 
 
(1)
Except as provided in Section 6.3(c)(2), the named fiduciary must render a decision no later than 60 days after receiving the written request for review, unless circumstances make it impossible to do so; but in no event shall the decision be rendered later than 120 days after the request for review is received.  If the named fiduciary determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant by the plan administrator prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the plan expects to render the determination on review.
 
 
(2)
If the named fiduciary is a committee or board of trustees that holds regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, Section 6.3(c)(1) shall not apply.  The named fiduciary shall instead make a benefit determination no later than the date of the meeting of the committee or board that immediately follows the plan's receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting.  In such case, a benefit determination may be made by no later than the date of the second meeting following the plan's receipt of the request for review.  If special circumstances require a further extension of time for processing, a benefit determination shall be rendered not later than the third meeting of the committee or board following the plan's receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, the plan administrator shall provide the claimant with written notice of the extension, describing the special circumstances and the date as of which the benefit determination will be made, prior to the commencement of the extension.  The plan administrator shall notify the claimant of the benefit determination as soon as possible, but not later than 5 days after the benefit determination is made.
 
 
(3)
The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  If the claim is denied upon review, the written notice of denial shall include the items listed in Section 6.3(a) and the statement required by Regulation section 2560.503-1(j)(5)(iii) regarding the possible availability of alternative dispute resolution options.
 
(d)
Limitation on Time Period for Litigation of a Benefit Claim – Following receipt of the written rendering of the named fiduciary's decision under Section 6.3(c), the participant shall have 365 days in which to file suit in the appropriate court.  Thereafter, the right to contest the decision shall be waived.
 
Section 6.4 – Trust Fund
 
(a)
Appointment of Trustee
 
The employer shall appoint a trustee for the proper care and custody of all funds, securities and other properties in the trust, and for investment of plan assets (or for execution of such orders as it receives from an investment manager appointed for investment of plan assets).  The duties and powers of the trustee shall be set forth in a trust agreement executed by the employer, which is incorporated herein by reference.  The named fiduciary shall review at regular intervals the performance of the trustee and shall re-evaluate the appointment of such trustee.  After the employer has appointed the trustee and the named fiduciary has received a written notice of acceptance of its responsibility, the fiduciary responsibility with respect to the proper care and custody of plan assets shall be considered as the responsibility of the trustee.  Unless otherwise allocated to an investment manager, the fiduciary responsibility with respect to investment of plan assets shall likewise be considered as the responsibility of the trustee.
 
(b)
Appointment of Investment Manager
 
The named fiduciary may appoint an investment manager who is other than the trustee, which investment manager may be a bank or an investment advisor registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.  Such investment manager, if appointed, shall have sole discretion in the investment of plan assets, subject to the funding policy.  The named fiduciary shall review at regular intervals no less frequently than annually, the performance of such investment manager and shall re-evaluate the appointment of such investment manager.  After the named fiduciary has appointed an investment manager and has received a written notice of acceptance of its responsibility, the fiduciary responsibility with respect to investment of plan assets shall be considered as the responsibility of the investment manager.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
52
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(c)
Funding Policy
 
The named fiduciary shall determine and communicate in writing to the fiduciary responsible for investment of plan assets the funding policy for the plan.  The funding policy shall set forth the plan's short-range and long-range financial needs, so that said fiduciary may coordinate the investment of plan assets with the plan's financial needs.
 
(d)
Valuation of the Fund
 
The fund shall be valued by the trustee on the first day of each plan year and as of any interim allocation date determined by the plan administrator.  The valuation shall be made on the basis of the current fair market value of all property in the fund.
 
(e)
Expenses
 
The trust fund shall pay the expenses incurred in the administration of the plan and the investment of the fund, provided the cost is reasonable.  Such expenses shall include legal fees incurred by the plan administrator or the trustee, provided such fiduciaries are not proven to have committed a prohibited transaction.  Generally, expenses shall be allocated against the participant accounts on a pro rata basis.
 
ARTICLE VII – AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
 
Section 7.1 – Right to Discontinue and Amend
 
It is the expectation of the employer that it will continue this plan indefinitely and make the payments of its contributions hereunder, but the continuance of the plan is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the employer and the right is reserved by the employer, at any time, to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions hereunder.
 
 
Section 7.2 – Amendments
 
Except as herein limited, the employer shall have the right to amend this plan at any time to any extent that it may deem advisable.  Such amendment shall be stated in writing.  It shall be authorized by action of the board of directors under the corporate by-laws if the employer is a corporation, by action of the agreement of the partners as required under the partnership agreement if the employer is a partnership, or by action of the sole proprietor if the employer is a sole proprietorship.  The authorization of an employer's board of directors shall designate the person to execute the amendment.
 
The employer's right to amend the plan shall be limited as follows:
 
(a)
No amendment shall increase the duties or liabilities of the plan administrator, the trustee, or other fiduciary without their respective written consent.
 
(b)
No amendments shall have the effect of vesting in the employer any interest in or control over any contracts issued pursuant hereto or any other property in the fund.
 
(c)
No amendment to the plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a participant's accrued benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a participant's account balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code section 412(c)(8).  For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment that has the effect of decreasing a participant's account balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.  Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a plan is amended, in the case of an employee who is a participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such employee's right to his employer-derived accrued benefit will not be less than his percentage computed under the plan without regard to such amendment.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
53
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(d)
No amendment to the plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit.  The preceding sentence shall not apply to a plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a participant to receive payment of his or her account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted.  For this purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.
 
(e)
No amendment to the vesting schedule adopted by the employer hereunder shall deprive a participant of his vested portion of his employer contribution accounts to the date of such amendment.  If the plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each participant with at least 3 years of service with the employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the plan without regard to such amendment or change.  For participants who do not have at least one hour of service in any plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, "5 years of service" shall be substituted for "3 years of service" in the preceding sentence.  The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of:
 
 
(1)
60 days after the amendment is adopted;
 
 
(2)
60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
 
 
(3)
60 days after the participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the employer or plan administrator.
 
Section 7.3 – Protection of Benefits in Case of Plan Merger
 
In the event of a merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to any other plan, each participant will receive a benefit immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the plan then terminated) that is at least equal to the benefit the participant was entitled to immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer (if the plan had terminated).
 
Section 7.4 – Termination of Plan
 
(a)
When Plan Terminates – This plan shall terminate upon the happening of any of the following events:  legal adjudication of the employer as bankrupt; a general assignment by the employer to or for the benefit of its creditors; the legal dissolution of the employer; or termination of the plan by the employer.
 
(b)
Allocation of Assets – Upon termination, partial termination, or complete discontinuance of employer contributions, the account balance(s) of each affected participant who is an active participant or who is not an active participant but has neither received a complete distribution of his vested accrued benefit nor incurred five one-year breaks in service shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable.  The amount of the fund assets shall be allocated to each participant, subject to provisions for expenses of administration of the liquidation, in the ratio that such participant's account(s) bears to all accounts.  If a participant under this plan has terminated his employment at any time after the first day of the plan year in which the employer made his final contribution to the plan, and if any portion of any account of such terminated participant was forfeited and reallocated to the remaining participants, such forfeiture shall be reversed and the forfeited amount shall be credited to the account of such terminated participant.
 
ARTICLE VIII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
Section 8.1 – Exclusive Benefit – Non-Reversion
 
The plan is created for the exclusive benefit of the employees of the employer and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with its being a qualified plan as defined in section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and with ERISA.  The corpus or income of the trust may not be diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the participants or their beneficiaries (except for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the plan).
 
Notwithstanding the above, a contribution paid by the employer to the trust may be repaid to the employer under the following circumstances:
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
54
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan


(a)
Any contribution made by the employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the employer within one year of the contribution.
 
(b)
In the event the deduction of a contribution made by the employer is disallowed under Code section 404, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction.
 
(c)
If the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the plan is not initially qualified under the Internal Revenue Code, any contribution made incident to that initial qualification by the employer must be returned to the employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the employer's return for the taxable year in which the plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
 
Section 8.2 – Inalienability of Benefits
 
No benefit or interest available hereunder including any annuity contract distributed herefrom shall be subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code section 414(p), or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985.  A loan made to a participant and secured by his nonforfeitable account balance(s) under Section 4.4(b) will not be treated as an assignment or alienation and such securing account balance(s) shall be subject to attachment by the plan in the event of default.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, effective with respect to judgments, orders, and decrees issued, and settlement agreements entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, a participant’s benefit (and that of his spouse) shall be reduced to satisfy liabilities of the participant to the plan due to (1) the participant being convicted of committing a crime involving the plan, (2) a civil judgment (or consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation of the fiduciary provisions of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, or (3) a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the participant in connection with a violation of such fiduciary provisions of ERISA.  No reduction shall be made pursuant to this paragraph, unless the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement shall expressly provide for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the participant’s benefits provided under the Plan.
 
Section 8.3 – Employer-Employee Relationship
 
This plan is not to be construed as creating or changing any contract of employment between the employer and its employees, and the employer retains the right to deal with its employees in the same manner as though this plan had not been created.
 
Section 8.4 – Binding Agreement
 
This plan shall be binding on the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns as such terms may be applicable to any or all parties hereto, and on any participants, present or future.
 
Section 8.5 – Separability
 
If any provision of this plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof and this plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.
 
Section 8.6 – Construction
 
The plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the state in which the employer was incorporated (or is domiciled in the case of an unincorporated employer) and with ERISA.
 
Section 8.7 – Copies of Plan
 
This plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed as an original, and said counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument that may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
55
 
 
 

 
 
Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

 
Section 8.8 – Interpretation
 
Wherever appropriate, words used in this plan in the singular may include the plural or the plural may be read as singular, and the masculine may include the feminine.
 

 
Copyright © 2006 by Conrad Siegel Actuaries
56
 
 
 

 
 
2007 COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT
TO THE
WEIS MARKETS, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
 
As authorized by Section 7.2 of the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan ("Plan") as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, the employer, Weis Markets, Inc., hereby amends the Plan to comply with certain law and regulatory changes effective as of the 2007 plan year not otherwise incorporated into the Plan.  This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.
 
The employer hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
 
FIRST: Limitations on Allocations – Compliance with Final Regulations
 
Effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Section 5.1 is amended to comply with the final regulations issued under Code section 415.  Section 5.1(a) and (b) are amended to remove the provisions governing the correction of an excess amount and replace them with provisions limiting contributions that would otherwise be in excess of the annual addition limitations.  Further, Section 5.1(a) is amended to provide that certain corrective allocations are not an annual addition.  As amended, Section 5.1(a)(4) shall read as follows:
 
 
(4)
If a participant elects to make employee nondeductible contributions or elective deferrals that together with any contribution the employer is obligated to make under the terms of this plan (including pursuant to any published discretionary contribution) would otherwise cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, the contribution election of the participant shall be limited before any employer contribution is reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount.
 
Section 5.1(b)(6) shall be deleted and Section 5.1(b)(5) shall read as follow:
 
 
(5)
If an allocation date of this plan coincides with an allocation date of another plan and the employee or employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to a participant's account under the plans would cause the annual additions for the limitation year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, Section 3.1(c) shall control which contribution or allocation will be reduced so that the annual additions for the limitation year will equal the maximum permissible amount.
 
Section 5.1(c)(1) definition of annual addition shall contain a new paragraph that shall read as follows:
 
Restorative payments allocated to a participant’s account including restorative payments made pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(2)(B) and payments made to restore losses to the plan resulting from actions (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law (where similarly situated participants are treated similarly) shall not give rise to an annual addition for any limitation year.
 
A corresponding amendment shall be made to Section 3.1(c) so that it shall be replaced with the following:
 
(c)
Limitations and Conditions – Notwithstanding the allocation procedures set forth in this Article, the allocations otherwise contributable to participants' accounts under this plan shall be limited or reduced as provided in Section 5.1.
 
SECOND: Excess Deferrals
 
Section 5.5(a)(6) is amended to comply with Regulation section 1.402(g)-1(e)(5) to include gap period interest when distributing an excess elective deferral.  As amended, Section 5.5(a)(6) shall read as follows:
 
1

 
 
(6)
Determination of Income or Loss
 
Excess elective deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess elective deferrals allocated to each participant is the sum of:  (i) the income or loss allocable to the participant's elective deferral account(s) for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess elective deferrals for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance attributable to elective deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year; and (ii) effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and to the extent the excess elective deferrals are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the taxable year and prior to the distribution), 10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 
THIRD: Limitations and Conditions Under Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m)
 
Effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Section 5.5(b)(1)(B) and 5.5(c)(1)(B)(iv) are amended to remove the provisions referencing the exclusion of distributed amounts that were distributed as amounts in excess of the Code section 415 annual addition limitations.  As amended, the final sentence of Section 5.5(b)(1)(B) and the final sentence of 5.5(c)(1)(B)(iv) are each deleted.
 
FOURTH: Effective Date
 
These amendments are effective as of January 1, 2007, except as otherwise provided herein.
 
FIFTH: Remaining Plan Provisions
 
All other provisions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.

 
2

 
 
2009 PPA COMPLIANCE AMENDMENT
TO THE
WEIS MARKETS, INC. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
 
As authorized by Section 7.2 of the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan ("Plan") as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, the employer, Weis Markets, Inc., hereby amends the Plan to comply with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) and other law and regulatory changes effective as of or prior to the 2009 plan year and now required to be incorporated into the Plan.  This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.  The employer hereby amends the Plan in the following manner:
 
FIRST: Employer
 
Section 1.5 is amended to comply with Revenue Ruling 2008-45 prohibiting the transfer of the plan sponsorship to an unrelated taxpayer where there is no related transfer of business assets or operations.  As amended, Section 1.5 shall contain an additional subsection (c) that shall read as follows:
 
(c)
Exclusive Benefit – In compliance with the exclusive benefit requirements of Code section 401(a), the sponsorship of this plan may not be transferred to an unrelated entity if the transfer is not in connection with a transfer of business assets or operations from the employer to such entity.
 
SECOND: USERRA Break in Service
 
Section 1.10 is amended to comply with the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (HEART) with respect to deaths occurring on or after January 1, 2007.  As amended, a second paragraph is added to Section 1.10(e) that shall read as follows:
 
Effective with respect to deaths occurring on or after January 1, 2007, in the case of a participant who dies while performing qualified military service, the beneficiary(ies) of the participant shall be entitled to any benefits payable under Section 4.2(a)(5) that would have been payable had the participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.
 
THIRD: Investment Election
 
Section 3.8(b) is amended to provide that the Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements under ERISA section 404(c)(5) for a qualified default investment alternative with respect to any automatic contribution and any other account for which a participant fails to make an investment election.  As amended, Section 3.8(b) shall contain an additional paragraph that shall read as follows:
 
If a participant fails to make any investment election prior to an allocation to his account(s), the trustee shall invest his account(s) in a qualified default investment alternative selected for the purpose that complies with the regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Labor under ERISA section 404(c)(5) until such time as the participant makes an affirmative investment election.
 
FOURTH: Inherited IRAs and Rollovers to Roth IRAs
 
Effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2007, Section 4.3(d)(2) and (3) are amended to permit a nonspouse beneficiary receiving a lump sum death benefit to direct its transfer to an inherited individual retirement account.  Effective for distributions on or after January 1, 2008, Section 4.3(d)(2) is amended to permit a rollover or transfer to a Roth individual retirement account.  As amended, Section 4.3(d)(2) shall read as follows:
 
 
(2)
Eligible Retirement Plan – An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.  Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2002, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) or an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan.
 
1

 
If any portion of an eligible rollover distribution is attributable to payments or distributions from a designated Roth account, an eligible retirement plan with respect to such portion shall include only a designated Roth account in a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or a Roth IRA as defined in Code section 402A(c)(3)(A).
 
Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2008, an eligible retirement plan includes a Roth individual retirement account (Roth IRA) described in Code section 408A.  However, for distributions before January 1, 2010, a distributee shall not be allowed to make a qualified rollover contribution to a Roth IRA from an account other than a designated Roth account if, for the taxable year of the distribution to which such contribution relates the distributee's adjusted gross income exceeds $100,000, or the distributee is a married individual filing a separate return.
 
As amended, Section 4.3(d)(3) shall read as follows:
 
 
(3)
Distributee – A distributee includes an employee or former employee.  In addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.  Effective for death benefit distributions made on or after January 1, 2007, a distributee shall include a nonspouse beneficiary but only with respect to a direct transfer to an inherited individual retirement account or annuity that is established on his behalf and that will be treated as an inherited individual retirement account or annuity pursuant to the provisions of Code section 402(c)(11).
 
FIFTH: Distribution Written Explanation and Code Section 402(f) Notice Period
 
Effective for notices issued on or after January 1, 2007, Section 4.3(e) is amended to reflect that the notice must include a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of a distribution in compliance with the changes made by PPA.  Effective for annuity starting dates occurring on or after January 1, 2007, Section 4.3(e) is also amended to permit the Code section 402(f) and section 411(a)(11) notice requirements to be met as much as 180 days prior to the annuity starting date.  As amended, the first paragraph of Section 4.3(e) shall read as follows:
 
(e)
Payment Election Procedures
 
As described in Section 5.2(a), an account balance in excess of $5,000 shall not be immediately distributed without the consent of the participant.  The participant shall receive the notice required under Regulation section 1.411(a)-11(c) no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the annuity starting date with respect to the distribution.  Effective for notices issued on or after January 1, 2007, the written explanation shall include a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution.  Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, for any distribution in excess of $200, the plan administrator shall give the participant notice of his eligible rollover distribution rights.  The participant shall receive such notice in the same time period as the 411 notice is required to be provided.  Effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 1994, if a distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the 411 notice is given, provided that:
 
* * *
 
SIXTH: Hardship Withdrawals for Beneficiary
 
Effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, Section 4.4(a) is amended to permit a participant to receive a hardship withdrawal due to an event that constitutes a hardship occurring with respect to a person who the participant has designated as his primary beneficiary under the Plan.  As amended, the amended portion of Section 4.4(a) shall read as follows:
 
2

 
An immediate and heavy financial need shall be deemed to exist if the distribution is requested for one of the following reasons:  (1) expenses incurred or necessary for medical care described in Code section 213(d) of the employee, the employee's spouse, children, dependents, or beneficiary(ies);  (2) the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the employee; (3) payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the employee, the employee's spouse, children, dependents, or beneficiary(ies); (4) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the employee from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the employee's principal residence; (5) payments for funeral or burial expenses for the employee's deceased parent, spouse, child, dependent, or beneficiary; or (6) expenses incurred to repair damage to the employee's principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).  The latter two reasons (funeral expenses and home repair) shall only apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2005.  Immediate and heavy financial need for the participant's beneficiary shall only apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2006.  For this purpose beneficiary shall mean the individual(s) designated by the participant as his primary beneficiary on his most recent beneficiary designation.
 
SEVENTH: Definitions (Code Section 415 Limitations) – Compensation
 
Effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Section 5.1(c)(2) is amended to comply with the final regulations issued under Code section 415 with respect to the definition of compensation where there is severance compensation following a termination of employment.  As amended, Section 5.1(c)(2) shall read as follows:
 
 
(2)
Compensation – A participant's earned income and any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for federal income tax withholding purposes that are paid by the employer.  W-2 wages means wages as defined in Code section 3401(a) but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)).
 
For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 5.1, compensation for a limitation year is the compensation actually paid or includable in gross income during such limitation year.
 
Compensation in excess of the limitations of Section 1.2(c) shall not be taken into account.  In order to be taken into account for a limitation year, compensation must be paid or treated as paid prior to severance from employment with the employer.  Effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, an includable payment shall be treated as paid prior to severance from employment if it is paid by the later of 2½ months after severance or the last day of the limitation year that includes the severance date.  For this purpose, includable payments are those that absent the severance would have been paid and are regular compensation for services during regular working hours or outside working hours (such as overtime or shift differentials), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation.  Includable payments shall also include accrued sick, vacation, or other leave if such payments would have been included in compensation as defined in Section 1.2 if they were paid prior to the employee's severance from employment.
 
Compensation shall include elective contributions as defined in Section 1.2(a) and elective contributions under a Code section 501(c)(18) plan.  Elective contribution amounts under a cafeteria plan excludable under Code section 125 shall include any amounts not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage (deemed section 125 compensation).  An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the employer does not request or collect information regarding the participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, compensation for a participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code section 22(e)(3)) is the compensation such participant would have received for the limitation year if the participant had been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such imputed compensation for the disabled participant may be taken into account only if contributions made on behalf of such participant are nonforfeitable when made.
 
 
EIGHTH: Code Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) Notice Periods
 
Effective for notices issued on or after January 1, 2007, Section 5.2 is amended to reflect that the Code section 411(a)(11) compliance notice must include a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of a distribution in compliance with the changes made by PPA.  Effective for annuity starting dates occurring on or after January 1, 2007, Section 5.2 is also amended to permit the Code section 411(a)(11) notice requirement to be met as much as 180 days prior to the annuity starting date.  As amended, the paragraphs amended under Section 5.2 shall read as follows:
 
3

 
(a)
Restrictions on Immediate Distributions – If the value of a participant's vested account balance derived from employer and employee contributions(1) in plan years beginning before January 1, 1998, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in plan years beginning after January 1, 1997, exceeds $5,000 and the account balance is immediately distributable, the participant (or where the participant has died, the participant's spouse) must consent to any distribution of such account balance.  Effective for distributions made on or after March 22, 1999, for the purpose of determining the value of a participant's vested account balance, prior distributions shall be disregarded if distributions have not commenced under an optional form of payment described in Section 4.3.  The consent of the participant (or the participant's surviving spouse) shall be obtained in writing within the 180-day period ending on the annuity starting date.  The annuity starting date is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid in any form.  The plan administrator shall notify the participant (or the participant's surviving spouse) of the right to defer any distribution until the participant's account balance is no longer immediately distributable.  Such notification shall include a general description of the material features (and an explanation of the relative values) of the optional forms of benefit available under the plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior to the annuity starting date.  However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is one to which Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, the plan administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.  Effective for notices issued on or after January 1, 2007, the written explanation shall include a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution.
 
* * *
 
(b)
Safe Harbor Rules – This Section 5.2(b) shall apply to a participant in this profit sharing plan, and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code section 72(o)(5)(B), and maintained on behalf of a participant in a money purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit plan).  This plan satisfies and shall continue to satisfy the following conditions:  (1) the participant cannot elect payments in the form of a life annuity; and (2) on the death of a participant, the participant's vested account balance will be paid to the participant's surviving spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has consented in a manner conforming to a qualified election, then to the participant's designated beneficiary.  The surviving spouse may elect to have distribution of the vested account balance commence within the 180-day period following the date of the participant's death.  The account balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the participant's death in accordance with the provisions of the plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions.
 
* * *
 
NINTH: Modification of Top-Heavy Rules
 
Effective January 1, 2002, Section 5.4(e)(3)(A) and (B) are amended to provide the correct look back period.  As amended, Section 5.4(e)(3)(A) and (B) shall read as follows:
 
(e)
Definitions (Code Section 416 Requirements)
 
 
(3)
Top-Heavy Ratio
 
 
(A)
If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan that during the five-year period ending on the determination date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this plan alone or for the required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all key employees as of the determination date(s) including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the determination date(s) (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances including any part of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the determination date(s) (five-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
 
4

 
 
(B)
If the employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans that during the five-year period ending on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all key employees, determined in accordance with (A) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all key employees as of the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (A) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the determination date(s), all determined in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.  The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year period ending on the determination date (five-year period in determining whether the plan is top-heavy for plan years beginning before January 1, 2002).
 
The accrued benefit of a participant other than a key employee shall be determined under (1) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (2) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).
 
TENTH: Excess Elective Deferral Determination of Income or Loss
 
Effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, Section 5.5(a)(6) is amended to eliminate the use of gap period interest when determining the income or loss allocable to excess elective deferrals.  As amended, Section 5.5(a)(6) shall read as follows:
 
 
(6)
Determination of Income or Loss
 
Excess elective deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess elective deferrals allocated to each participant is the sum of:  (i) the income or loss allocable to the participant's elective deferral account(s) for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess elective deferrals for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance attributable to elective deferrals without regard to any income or loss occurring during such taxable year; and (ii) effective solely for the taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and to the extent the excess elective deferrals are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the taxable year and prior to the distribution), 10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the taxable year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 
ELEVENTH: Actual Deferral Percentage Test Determination of Income or Loss
 
Effective for the plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2008, Section 5.5(b)(2) is amended to eliminate the gap period income rule for excess contributions in compliance with the changes made by PPA to Code section 401(k)(8)(A)(i).  As amended, Section 5.5(b)(2)(A) shall read as follows:
 
5

 
 
(A)
Determination of Income or Loss – Excess contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess contributions allocated to each participant is the sum of:  (i) the income or loss allocable to the participant's elective deferral account(s) (and, if applicable, the qualified nonelective contribution account or the qualified employer matching contribution account or both) for the plan year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess contributions for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance(s) attributable to elective deferrals (and qualified nonelective contributions or qualified matching contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such plan year; and (ii) effective solely for the plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and the plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and to the extent the excess contributions are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the plan year and prior to the distribution), 10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 
TWELFTH: Actual Contribution Percentage Test Determination of Income or Loss
 
Effective for the plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2008, Section 5.5(c)(2) is amended to eliminate the gap period income rule for excess aggregate contributions in compliance with the changes made by PPA to Code section 401(m)(6)(A).  As amended, Section 5.5(c)(2)(A) shall read as follows:
 
 
(A)
Determination of Income or Loss – Excess aggregate contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss.  The income or loss allocable to excess aggregate contributions allocated to each participant is the sum of:  (i) the income or loss allocable to the participant's employee nondeductible contribution account, employer matching contribution account (if any, and if all amounts therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable, qualified nonelective contribution account and elective deferral account(s) for the plan year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is such participant's excess aggregate contributions for the year and the denominator is the participant's account balance(s) attributable to contribution percentage amounts without regard to any income or loss occurring during such plan year; and (ii) effective solely for the plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and the plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and to the extent the excess contributions are or will be credited with gain or loss as of an accounting date within the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the plan year and prior to the distribution), 10% of the amount determined under (i) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months between the end of the plan year and the date of distribution, counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.
 
THIRTEENTH: Protection of Benefits in Case of Plan Merger
 
Section 7.3 is amended to comply with Revenue Ruling 2008-40 treating certain trust-to-trust transfers as distributions.  As amended, Section 7.3 shall contain an additional paragraph that shall read as follows:
 
The transfer of amounts from this trust to a nonqualified foreign trust shall be treated as a distribution from this plan.  Further, the transfer of assets and liabilities from this plan to a plan that satisfies Puerto Rico Code section 1165 shall also be treated as a distribution from this plan.
 
FOURTEENTH: Effective Date
 
These amendments are effective as of January 1, 2009, except as otherwise provided herein.
 
FIFTEENTH: Remaining Plan Provisions
 
All other provisions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.

 
6

 

Exhibit 10-B


WEIS MARKETS, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE 1. PURPOSES
 
1.01 Purposes.
 
The purposes of the Weis Markets, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“Plan”) are to permit select members of management and highly compensated employees to defer current compensation which cannot be redirected into the Company’s 401(k) Plan, and to further supplement retirement benefits payable under the qualified retirement plans of the Company.  This Plan is designed to provide retirement benefits and salary deferral opportunities because of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations implemented by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
The Plan is intended to be an unfunded deferred compensation arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
1.02 Effective Date.  
 
The Plan was originally established effective January 1, 1994.  This document sets forth the terms of the Plan as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
1

 
 
ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PLAN DOCUMENT
 
2.01 Definitions.
 
As used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified below unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:
 
Account means the deferred compensation account maintained for each Participant in accordance with Article 6 and which includes the following subaccounts:
 
(a)
Compensation Deferral Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Compensation Deferrals, and the earnings thereon.
 
(b)
Employer Discretionary Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
(c)
Employer Matching Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Matching Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
(d)
Employer Profit-Sharing Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Profit-Sharing Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
(e)
ESOP Account means the portion of the Participant’s Account attributable to ESOP Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
Beneficiary means the person or persons or the estate of a Participant entitled to receive benefits under this Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
Board of Directors means the Weis Markets, Inc. Board of Directors.
 
Committee means the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Committee.
 
Company means Weis Markets, Inc. its successors, and any organization into which or with which the Company may merge or consolidate or to which all or substantially all of its assets may be transferred.
 
Compensation means remuneration from the Company reportable on IRS Form W-2, together with any salary reduction contributions under this Plan, the 401(k) Plan or any cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Compensation Deferrals means the portion of a Participant’s Compensation that has been deferred pursuant to the Plan.
 
Executive means any member of management of the Company.
 
ESOP means the Weis Markets, Inc. Stock Bonus Plan, as in effect through December 31, 2006.
 
401(k) Plan   means the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor plan.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
2

 

Participant means an Executive who is participating in the Plan.
 
Participating Employer means Weis Markets, Inc., and any of its participating subsidiaries or affiliated companies authorized by the Board of Directors or the Committee to participate in this Plan.
 
Plan means the Weis Markets, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan described in this instrument, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
Profit Sharing Plan means the Weis Markets, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor plan.
 
Retirement Age A Participant will have reached Retirement Age if he or she terminates service after attaining either
 
(a)
“Normal Retirement Age” under the Profit Sharing Plan – age 65; or
 
(b)
Effective on and after January 1, 2008, “Early Retirement Age” under the Profit Sharing Plan – age 60 and completing at least 5 years of service.
 
Termination of Service or similar expression means the termination of the Participant’s employment from the Weis Markets Controlled Group within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.
 
Total Disability or Totally Disabled.   A Participant will be considered to be Total Disabled if he or she meets one of the following requirements:
 
(a)
The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.
 
(b)
The Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of a Participating Employer.
 
(c)
The Participant is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.
 
Weis Markets Controlled Group means the Participating Employers and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes a Participating Employer and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with a Participating Employer.
 
2.02 Gender and Number.  
 
Wherever the context so requires, masculine pronouns include the feminine and singular words shall include the plural.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
3

 
 
ARTICLE 3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
3.01 Eligibility.  
 
Only Executives selected by the Committee shall be eligible to participate in this Plan.
 
3.02 Participation.  
 
An Executive, after having been selected for participation by the Committee, shall continue to participate until his employment with a Participating Employer terminates, or such earlier date as of which the Committee suspends his participation.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
4

 
 
ARTICLE 4. DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION
 
4.01 Election to Defer Compensation.
 
A Participant may elect to defer receipt of Compensation as follows:
 
(a)
General Rule .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, an election to defer receipt of Compensation for services to be performed during a calendar year must be made no later than the December 31 preceding the calendar year during which the Participant will perform services.
 
(b)
First Year of Eligibility .  In the case of the first year in which an Executive becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, an initial deferral election must be made not later than thirty (30) days after the date the employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.  Such election shall apply only with respect to compensation paid for services to be performed subsequent to the election.
 
This paragraph will not apply to an Executive who is a participant in any other account balance deferred compensation plans maintained by any member of the Weis Markets Controlled Group which is required to be aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 409A.
 
4.02 Amount of Compensation Deferral.
 
A Participant may elect to defer receipt of up to 50% of his Compensation for a calendar year.
 
4.03 Election of Form of Payment of Retirement Distribution.
 
(a)
A Participant may elect to have the amounts credited to his or her Account for a particular Plan Year, and any earnings thereon, distributed following his Termination of Service at or after Retirement Age in one of the following methods:  a lump sum, installments over a period of five (5) years, or installments over a period of ten (10) years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such election shall be subject to the special Code Section 409A transition rules set forth in Section 13.14 below.
 
(b)
Such election shall be made each year at the same time the Participant makes the deferral election in accordance with Section 4.01 for that Plan Year.
 
(c)
If the Participant does not make a distribution election with respect to a particular Plan Year, then he or she will be deemed to have elected to receive amounts credited to his or her Account for that year in a single lump sum payment.
 
4.04 Cancellation of Deferral Election.
 
(a)
The Committee may permit a Participant to cancel a deferral election during a calendar year if it determines either of the following circumstances has occurred:
 
 
(i)
The Participant has an “unforeseeable emergency” as defined in Section 7.01 below or a hardship distribution (pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)) from a 401(k) plan sponsored by a Participating Employer.  If approved by the Committee, such cancellation shall take effect as of the first payroll period next following approval by the Committee.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
5

 

 
(ii)
The Participant incurs a disability.  If approved by the Committee, such cancellation shall take effect no later than the end of the calendar year or the 15th day of the third month following the date Participant incurs a disability.  Solely for purposes of this clause (ii), a disability refers to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.
 
(b)
If a Participant cancels a deferral election during a calendar year, he or she will not be permitted to make a new deferral election with respect to Compensation relating to services performed during the same calendar year.
 
4.05 General Rules Applicable to Elections.  
 
Elections under this Article 4 shall be made in the form, manner, and in accordance with the notice requirements, prescribed by the Committee.  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the elections made by a Participant with respect to Compensation Deferrals for a calendar year shall become irrevocable as of the last date on which such election can be made for the calendar year pursuant to this Article 4.
 
4.06 Compensation Deferral Account.
 
(a)
The amount of Compensation deferred by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Account as soon as possible following the date such Compensation  would, but for the Participant’s deferral election, be payable to the Participant.
 
(b)
The Compensation Deferrals, and the earnings thereon, credited to the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Account shall be immediately 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
6

 
 
ARTICLE 5. EMPLOYER CREDITS
 
5.01 Profit-Sharing Credits.  
 
(a)
As of each date the Company makes a contribution under the Profit Sharing Plan, the Company shall credit each eligible Participant with the amount, if any, that would have been allocated to the Participant’s Profit Sharing Plan account if
 
 
(i)
he had not been excluded from participation in the Profit Sharing Plan,
 
 
(ii)
the Company had increased its Profit Sharing Plan contribution by the amount of the Participant’s allocation, and
 
 
(iii)
the Internal Revenue Code provisions limiting his Profit Sharing Plan allocation did not apply.
 
(b)
A Participant shall not be eligible to have Employer Profit-Sharing Credits credited to his or her Account for a Plan Year unless
 
 
(i)
the Participant has completed at least one year of service (as defined in the Profit Sharing Plan); and
 
 
(ii)
the Participant is continuously employed by a Participating Employer as an active employee during the entire Plan Year (or if shorter, during the portion of the Plan Year commencing as of the date he or she was first designated as eligible to participate in the Plan).
 
5.02 ESOP Credits for Plan Years Ending Prior to January 1, 2007.
 
(a)
As of each date the Company makes a contribution to the ESOP for plan years ending on or before December 31, 2006, the Company shall credit each eligible Participant with the amount, if any, that would have been allocated to the Participant’s ESOP account if
 
 
(i)
he had not been excluded from participation in the ESOP,
 
 
(ii)
the Company had increased its ESOP contribution by the amount of the Participant’s allocation, and
 
 
(iii)
the Internal Revenue Code provisions limiting his ESOP allocation did not apply.
 
(b)
A Participant shall not be eligible to have ESOP Credits credited to his or her Account for a Plan Year unless
 
 
(i)
the Participant has been completed at least one year of service (as defined in the ESOP); and
 
 
(ii)
the Participant is continuously employed by a Participating Employer as an active employee during the entire Plan Year (or if shorter, during the portion of the Plan Year commencing as of the date he or she was first designated as eligible to participate in the Plan).
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
7

 

5.03 Employer Matching Credits.  
 
(a)
As of each December 31 of each plan year for which the Company makes an employer matching contribution under the 401(k) Plan, the Company shall credit each eligible Participant with the amount, if any, that would have been allocated to the Participant's Employer Matching Contribution account under the 401(k) Plan if
 
 
(i)
he had not been excluded from eligibility to receive an Employer Matching Contribution under the 401(k) Plan because he was a highly compensated employee who held the title vice president or above with respect to the Company as of any day in the plan year on or before the allocation date;
 
 
(ii)
he contributed the amount that he actually contributed to the 401(k) Plan during the plan year;
 
 
(iii)
he received compensation during the plan year equal to compensation as that term is defined in the 401(k) Plan; and
 
 
(iv)
the Company made the employer matching contribution under the 401(k) Plan employer matching contribution formula on an annual basis as of December 31.
 
(b)
A Participant shall not be eligible to have Employer Matching Credits credited to his or her Account for a Plan Year unless
 
 
(i)
the Participant has completed at least one year of service (as defined in the 401(k) Plan); and
 
 
(ii)
the Participant is continuously employed by a Participating Employer as an active employee (A) during the entire Plan Year (or if shorter, during the portion of the Plan Year commencing as of the date he or she was first designated as eligible to participate in the Plan) or (B) during the Plan Year until his or her death, Total Disability, or Retirement Age.
 
5.04 Employer Discretionary Credits.  
 
The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may at any time approve the crediting of additional amounts to the Account(s) of one or more Participants.
 
5.05 Vesting of Employer Credits.  
 
(a)
Vesting of Employer Profit-Sharing Account, Employer Matching Account, and ESOP Account .  Except as provided in paragraph (c) and subject to Article 9, the amounts credited to a Participant’s Employer Profit-Sharing Account, Employer Matching Account and ESOP Account shall become vested to the extent his or her Profit Sharing Plan account is vested (or would have been vested if he had not been excluded from the Profit Sharing Plan).
 
(b)
Vesting in Employer Discretionary Account .  Except as provided in paragraph (c) and subject to Article 9, the amounts credited to a Participant’s Employer Discretionary Account shall become vested in accordance with such vesting schedule and requirements as may be adopted by the Committee.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
8

 

(c)
Vesting Upon Change of Control .  All participants shall be vested fully in their Account values in the event of a Change of Control of the Company.
 
For purposes of this Section, “Change of Control” means
 
 
(i)
acquisition of the beneficial ownership of at least 51% of the voting securities of Weis Markets, Inc. by any individual or other person or group of persons who have agreed to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of such securities; or
 
 
(ii)
any merger or consolidation of Weis Markets, Inc., or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets to a buyer, in which stockholders of Weis Markets, Inc. before such merger, consolidation or transfer do not own more than 51% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity following such transaction.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
9

 

ARTICLE 6. PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
 
6.01 Participants’ Accounts.
 
The Company shall establish and maintain a separate memorandum account in the name of each Participant.  Such account shall be credited or charged with (a) the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals, if any; (b) Employer Profit-Sharing Credits, if any; (c) Employer Matching Credits, if any; (d) Employer Discretionary Credits, if any; (e) income, gains, losses, and expenses of investments deemed held in such account; and (f) distributions from such account.
 
6.02 Investment of Accounts.
 
(a)
The amount credited to a Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested and reinvested in life insurance, annuities, mutual funds, stocks, bonds, securities, and any other assets or investment vehicles, as may be selected by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
(b)
A Participant, by electing to participate in this Plan, agrees on behalf of himself or herself and his or her designated beneficiaries, to assume all risk in connection with any increase or decrease in value of the investments that are deemed to be held in his or her account.  Each Participant further agrees that the Committee and the Participating Employers shall not in any way be held liable for any investment decisions or for the failure to make any investments by the Committee.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
10

 
 
ARTICLE 7. DISTRIBUTION
 
7.01 Distribution From Compensation Deferral Account in Event of Unforeseeable Emergency.
 
Effective on and after January 1, 2007, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a payment to be made to a Participant at any time from his or her Compensation Deferral Account prior to Termination of Service in the event of an “unforeseeable emergency”.  Distributions because of an unforeseeable emergency shall not exceed the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (which may include amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution).
 
(a)
For purposes of this Section, an “unforeseeable emergency” is a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)); loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
 
(b)
The circumstances that will constitute an unforeseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved:
 
 
(i)
through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;
 
 
(ii)
by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship; or
 
 
(iii)
by cancellation of Compensation Deferrals under the Plan.
 
7.02 Distribution Following Termination of Service.  
 
(a)
Termination of Service Prior to Retirement Age .  In the event that a Participant Terminates Service prior to attaining his or her Retirement Age for any reason other than death or becoming Totally Disabled, the vested balance credited to his or her Account will be distributed to the Participant in a single lump sum during the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall payment to a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A on the date of his or her Termination from Service commence earlier than the end of the six (6) month period following the date of such termination.
 
(b)
Termination of Service At or After Retirement Age .  In the event that a Participant Terminates Service at or after attaining his or her Retirement Age for any reason other than death or becoming Totally Disabled, the vested balance credited to his or her Account will be distributed to the Participant in the form or forms of payment elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.03, subject to the following rules:
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
11

 

 
(i)
Distribution in a single lump sum payment will be made during the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall payment to a Participant who is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A on the date of his or her Termination from Service commence earlier than the end of the six (6) month period following the date of such termination.
 
 
(ii)
The first annual installment shall be based on the value of the Account as of the December 31 st next following the event occasioning such distribution.  Each subsequent annual installment shall be paid as soon as practicable after the annual anniversary of such initial valuation date, based on the value of the affected Account as determined at the applicable subsequent valuation date.  Each annual installment shall be determined by dividing the value of the affected Account, determined in accordance with the foregoing, by the number of annual installments due and not yet distributed.
 
 
(iii)
Each annual installment payment shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.
 
 
(iv)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the balance credited to the Participant’s Account as of the valuation date is less than $50,000, then distribution will be made in a single lump sum payment.
 
7.03 Total Disability or Death
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary –
 
(a)
Prior to Commencement of Payment.   In the event a Participant becomes Totally Disabled or dies at any time prior to the commencement of payment under this Article 7, then the balance credited to the Account will be distributed in a single lump payment to the Participant or his or her designated beneficiary (as the case may be) as soon as administratively practicable following the date on which the Participant is determined to be Totally Disabled or submission of proof of death satisfactory to the Committee, as applicable.
 
(b)
After Payment Commences.   In the event a Participant becomes Totally Disabled or dies at any time after the commencement of payment under this Article 7, then the balance credited to the Account will be distributed in a single lump payment to the Participant or his or her designated beneficiary (as the case may be) as soon as administratively practicable following the date on which the Participant is determined to be Totally Disabled or submission of proof of death satisfactory to the Committee, as applicable.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
12

 
 
ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY
 
8.01 Beneficiary Designation.  
 
Each Participant shall designate a Beneficiary to receive benefits under the Plan in the event of his death by completing a Beneficiary designation form furnished by the Committee.  A Participant may change his Beneficiary designation by submitting to the Committee another Beneficiary designation form.  However, no change of Beneficiary shall be effective until acknowledged in writing by the Company.
 
8.02 Proper Beneficiary.  
 
If no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the value of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse, or if none, to the Participant’s issue per stirpes, or if none, to the Participant’s estate.  If the Company has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments hereunder, the Company shall have the right to withhold such payments until the matter is finally adjudicated.  However, any payment made by the Company, in good faith and in accordance with this Plan, shall fully discharge the Company from all further obligations with respect to that payment.
 
8.03 Minor or Incompetent Beneficiary.  
 
In making any payments to or for the benefit of any minor or incompetent Beneficiary, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may cause distribution to be made to a legal or natural guardian or relative of a minor or incompetent.  Or, it may make a payment to any adult with whom the minor or incompetent temporarily or permanently resides.  The receipt by a guardian, relative or other person shall be a complete discharge to the Company with respect to the payment.  Neither the Committee nor the Company shall have any responsibility to see to the proper application of any payment so made.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
13

 

ARTICLE 9. FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS  
 
9.01 Forfeiture or Discontinuation of Benefits.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that
 
(c)
the Participant’s employment with a Participating Employer has been terminated for Cause, or
 
(d)
the Participant is engaged in any business or practice or become employed in any position, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems to be in competition with the services provided by the Company,
 
then the Committee may cause the Participant’s entire interest in benefits attributable to his or her Employer Matching Account, Employer Profit-Sharing Account, ESOP Account and Employer Discretionary Account to be forfeited and discontinued, or may cause the Participant’s payments of benefits under the Plan to be limited or suspended for such other period the Committee finds advisable under the circumstances, and may take any other action and seek any other relief the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
 
9.02 Definition of Cause.
 
“Cause” means the Participant’s fraud, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Participating Employer that is committed in connection with the Participant’s employment by or association with a Participating Employer.  Whether a Participant has been terminated for Cause shall be determined by the Committee.
 
Regardless of whether a Participant’s employment initially was considered to be terminated for any reason other than Cause, the Participant’s employment will be considered to have been terminated for Cause for purposes of this Plan if the Committee subsequently determines that the Participant engaged in an act constituting Cause.
 
9.03 Determination by Committee.
 
The decision of the Committee shall be final.  The omission or failure of the Committee to exercise this right at any time shall not be deemed a waiver of its right to exercise such right in the future.  The exercise of discretion will not create a precedent in any future cases.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
14

 

ARTICLE 10. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
 
10.01 Committee.  
 
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee shall have full authority and power to administer and construe the Plan, subject to applicable requirements of law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the following powers and duties:
 
(a)
To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the administration of the Plan;
 
(b)
To interpret the Plan and to decide all questions, including questions of fact, concerning the Plan;
 
(c)
To determine the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan, and to determine the amount and the recipient of any payments to be made under the Plan;
 
(d)
To designate and value any investments deemed held in the Accounts;
 
(e)
To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and
 
(f)
To make all other determinations and to take all other steps necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
 
All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in its sole discretion and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.
 
10.02 Delegation of Duties.
 
The Committee may delegate such of its duties and may engage such experts and other persons as it deems appropriate in connection with administering the Plan.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken by the Committee, in good faith in reliance upon any opinions or reports furnished to it by any such experts or other persons.
 
10.03 Expenses.  
 
All expenses incurred prior to the termination of the Plan that shall arise in connection with the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, administrative expenses and compensation and other expenses and charges of any actuary, counsel, accountant, specialist, or other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Participating Employers, or at the discretion of the Committee, shall be charged against such assets as are deemed to be investments under the Plan pursuant to Article 6.
 
10.04 Indemnification of Committee Members.
 
The Participating Employers agree to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any person serving as a member of the Committee, and each employee of a Participating Employer or any of their affiliated companies appointed by the Committee to carry out duties under this Plan, against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Company) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission is in good faith.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
15

 

10.05 Liability.
 
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Committee nor any other person shall incur any liability for any acts or for any failure to act except for liability arising out of such person’s own willful misconduct or willful breach of the Plan.
 
10.06 Expenses of the Committee and Plan Costs.
 
The expenses of administering the Plan, including the printing of literature and forms related thereto, the disbursement of benefits thereunder, and the compensation of administrative organizations, agents, consultants, actuaries, or counsel shall be paid by the Participating Employers.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
16

 

ARTICLE 11. CLAIMS PROCEDURE
 
11.01 Written Claim.  
 
The value of a Participant’s Account shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and any applicable Deferral Agreement.  The Participant or Beneficiary shall make a written request for benefits under this Plan.  This written claim shall be mailed or delivered to the Committee.
 
11.02 Denied Claim.  
 
If the claim is denied in full or in part, the Committee shall provide a written notice within ninety (90) days setting forth the specific reasons for denial, the Plan provisions on which it is based, any additional material or information that is necessary, and explanation of the steps to be taken if a review of the denial is desired.
 
11.03 Review Procedure.  
 
If the claim is denied and a review is desired, the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall notify the Committee in writing within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notice of denial (a claim shall be deemed denied if the Committee does not take any action within the aforesaid ninety (90) day period).  In requesting a review, the Participant (or Beneficiary) may review the Plan document and other pertinent documents, may submit any written issues and comments, may request an extension of time for such written submission of issues and comments, and may request that a hearing be held, but the decision to hold a hearing shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee.
 
11.04 Committee Review.  
 
The decision on the review of the denied claim shall be rendered by the Committee within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request for review (if a hearing is not held) or within sixty (60) days after the hearing if one is held.  The decision shall be written and shall state the specific reasons for the decision, including reference to specific provisions of this Plan, on which the decision is based.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
17

 

ARTICLE 12. NATURE OF COMPANY’S OBLIGATION
 
12.01 Company’s Obligation.  
 
The Company’s obligations under this Plan shall be unfunded.
 
12.02 Creditor Status.  
 
Any assets which the Company may acquire or set aside to help cover its financial liabilities are and must remain general assets of the Company subject to the claims of its creditors.  Neither the Company nor this Plan gives the Participant any beneficial ownership interest in any asset of the Company.  All rights of ownership in any such assets are and remain in the Company and Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have only the rights of general creditors of the Company.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
18

 
 
ARTICLE 13. MISCELLANEOUS
 
13.01 Acceleration of Payments Permitted Under Code Section 409A.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, its discretion, accelerate the payment of all or a portion of a Participant’s vested Account balance prior to the time specified in this Plan to the extent such acceleration is permitted by Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) of the Treasury regulations.  Such permitted accelerations shall include payments to comply with domestic relations orders, payments to comply with conflicts of interest laws, payment of employment taxes, payment upon income inclusion under Code Section 409A, and/or such other circumstances as are permitted by the regulations.
 
13.02 Right to Withhold Taxes.
 
The Participating Employers shall have the right to withhold such amounts from any payment under this Plan as it determines necessary to fulfill any federal, state, or local wage or compensation withholding requirements.
 
13.03 No Right to Continued Employment.
 
Neither the Plan, nor any action taken under the Plan, shall confer upon any Participant any right to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its affiliated companies to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time.
 
13.04 Unclaimed Benefit.
 
Each Participant shall keep the Committee informed in writing of his or her current address and the current address of his or her beneficiary.  The Committee shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a Participant is not made known to the Committee within three (3) years after the date on which payment of the Participant’s Account may first be made, payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the three (3) year period.  If, within one additional year after such three (3) year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual death of a Participant, the Committee is unable to locate any designated beneficiary of the Participant, then the Participating Employers shall have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to such Participant or beneficiary or any other person and such benefit shall be irrevocably forfeited.
 
13.05 Suspension Of Payments.
 
If any controversy, doubt or disagreement should arise as to the person to whom any distribution or payment should be made, the Committee, in its discretion, may, without any liability whatsoever, retain the funds involved or the sum in question pending settlement or resolution to the Committee’s satisfaction of the matter, or pending a final adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
13.06 Severability.
 
The provisions of the Plan are severable.  If any provision of the Plan is deemed legally or factually invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the provision and the Plan, except to such extent or in such application, shall not be affected, and each and every provision of the Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent and in the broadest application permitted by law.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
19

 

13.07 No Other Agreements or Understandings.
 
This Plan represents the sole agreement between the Participating Employers and Participants concerning its subject matter, and it supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements, understandings, warranties, representations, and statements between or among the parties concerning its subject matter.
 
13.08 Written Notice.  
 
Any notice which shall or be or may be given under the Plan or a Deferral Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed by United States mail, postage prepaid.  If notice is to be given to the Committee, such notice shall be addressed to 1000 South Second Street, Sunbury, Pennsylvania  17801, and marked for the attention of the Committee, or if notice to a Participant, addressed to the address shown on the Participant’s Deferral Agreement.
 
13.09 Change of Address.  
 
Any Participant or the Committee may, from time to time, change the address to which notices shall be mailed by the other by giving written notice of a new address.
 
13.10 Amendment and Termination.  
 
The Company retains the sole and unilateral right to terminate, amend, modify, or supplement this Plan, in whole or in part at any time.  This right includes the right to make retroactive amendments.  However, no exercise of this right shall reduce the Account of any Participant or his Beneficiary.
 
13.11 Nontransferability.  
 
Except insofar as prohibited by applicable law, no sale, transfer, alienation, assignment, pledge, collateralization or attachment of any benefits under this Plan shall be valid or recognized  by the Company.  Neither the Participant, his spouse, or designated Beneficiary shall have any power to hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance of any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or maintenance, owed by the Participant or his Beneficiary, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall pay benefits in accordance with a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and benefits payable under the Plan may be applied by the Company to discharge obligations of the Participant, his Beneficiary or estate to the Company.
 
13.12 Applicable Law.  
 
This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the United States, and to the extent permitted thereby by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
13.13 Titles.  
 
Titles of the Articles of this Plan are included for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purpose of construing any portion or provision of this Plan document.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
20

 

13.14 Code Section 409A Transition Rules.
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following, to the extent permitted by the Committee and Code Section 409A, on or prior to December 31, 2008, a Participant may make a new election with respect to the form of payment of the Account in accordance with the following rules:
 
(a)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2005 and on or before December 31, 2005 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2005 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2005 that would not otherwise be payable in 2005;
 
(b)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2006 and on or before December 31, 2006 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2006 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2006 that would not otherwise be payable in 2006;
 
(c)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2007 and on or before December 31, 2007 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007; and
 
(d)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2008 and on or before December 31, 2008 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
21

 

Exhibit 10-C


WEIS MARKETS, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR PHARMACISTS

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005

 
 

 
 
 ARTICLE 1. PURPOSES
 
1.01 Purposes.
 
The purposes of the Weis Markets, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists (“Plan”) are to permit pharmacists who are highly compensated employees to defer current compensation which cannot be redirected into the Company’s 401(k) Plan, and to further supplement retirement benefits payable under the qualified retirement plans of the Company.  This Plan is designed to provide retirement benefits and salary deferral opportunities because of the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations implemented by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
The Plan is intended to be an unfunded deferred compensation arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act and is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
1.02 Effective Date. 
 
The Plan was originally established effective January 1, 2003.  This document sets forth the terms of the Plan as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
1

 

ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PLAN DOCUMENT
 
2.01 Definitions.
 
As used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified below unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:
 
Account means the deferred compensation account maintained for each Participant in accordance with Article 6 and which includes the following subaccounts:
 
(a)
Compensation Deferral Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Compensation Deferrals, and the earnings thereon.
 
(b)
Employer Discretionary Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
(c)
Employer Matching Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Matching Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
(d)
Employer Profit-Sharing Account means the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Profit-Sharing Credits, and the earnings thereon.
 
Beneficiary means the person or persons or the estate of a Participant entitled to receive benefits under this Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.
 
Board of Directors means the Weis Markets, Inc. Board of Directors.
 
Committee means the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Committee.
 
Company means Weis Markets, Inc. its successors, and any organization into which or with which the Company may merge or consolidate or to which all or substantially all of its assets may be transferred.
 
Compensation means remuneration from the Company reportable on IRS Form W-2, together with any salary reduction contributions under this Plan, the 401(k) Plan or any cafeteria plan under Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code, but excluding any sick pay.
 
Compensation Deferrals means the portion of a Participant’s Compensation that has been deferred pursuant to the Plan.
 
Eligible Employee means an employee of the Company who has been designated by the Committee pursuant to Article 3 as eligible to make contributions to the Plan.
 
401(k) Plan   means the Weis Markets, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor plan.
 
Participant means an Eligible Employee who is participating in the Plan.
 
Participating Employer means Weis Markets, Inc., and any of its participating subsidiaries or affiliated companies authorized by the Board of Directors or the Committee to participate in this Plan.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
2

 

Plan means the Weis Markets, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists described in this instrument, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
Profit Sharing Plan means the Weis Markets, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor plan.
 
Retirement Age A Participant will have reached Retirement Age if he or she terminates service after attaining either
 
(a)
“Normal Retirement Age” under the Profit Sharing Plan – age 65; or
 
(b)
Effective on and after January 1, 2008, “Early Retirement Age” under the Profit Sharing Plan – age 60 and completing at least 5 years of service.
 
Termination of Service or similar expression means the termination of the Participant’s employment from the Weis Markets Controlled Group.
 
Total Disability or Totally Disabled.   A Participant will be considered to be Total Disabled if he or she meets one of the following requirements:
 
(a)
The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.
 
(b)
The Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of a Participating Employer.
 
(c)
The Participant is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.
 
Weis Markets Controlled Group means the Participating Employers and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes a Participating Employer and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with a Participating Employer.
 
2.02 Gender and Number. 
 
Wherever the context so requires, masculine pronouns include the feminine and singular words shall include the plural.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
3

 

ARTICLE 3. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
3.01 Eligibility.
 
Eligibility to participate in this Plan is limited to employees determined by the Committee to be
 
(a)
employed by the Company as licensed pharmacists or as pharmacy supervisors, and
 
(b)
who are “highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code.  
 
3.02 Participation. 
 
An Eligible Employee, after having been selected for participation by the Committee, shall continue to participate until his employment with a Participating Employer terminates, or such earlier date as of which the Committee suspends his participation.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
4

 
 
ARTICLE 4. DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION
 
4.01 Election to Defer Compensation. 
 
Effective on and after July 1, 2004, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer receipt of Compensation as follows:
 
(a)
General Rule .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, an election to defer receipt of Compensation for services to be performed during a calendar year must be made no later than the December 31 preceding the calendar year during which the Participant will perform services.
 
(b)
First Year of Eligibility .  In the case of the first year in which an employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, an initial deferral election must be made not later than thirty (30) days after the date the employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.  Such election shall apply only with respect to compensation paid for services to be performed subsequent to the election.
 
This paragraph will not apply to an Eligible Employee who is a participant in any other account balance deferred compensation plans maintained by any member of the Weis Markets Controlled Group which is required to be aggregated with this Plan under Code Section 409A.
 
4.02 Amount of Compensation Deferral.
 
A Participant may elect to defer receipt of up to 50% of his Compensation for a calendar year.
 
4.03 Election of Form of Payment of Retirement Distribution.
 
(a)
A Participant may elect to have the amounts credited to his or her Account for a particular Plan Year, and any earnings thereon, distributed following his Termination of Service at or after Retirement Age in one of the following methods:  a lump sum, installments over a period of five (5) years, or installments over a period of ten (10) years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such election shall be subject to the special Code Section 409A transition rules set forth in Section 13.14 below.
 
(b)
Such election shall be made each year at the same time the Participant makes the deferral election in accordance with Section 4.01 for that Plan Year.
 
(c)
If the Participant does not make a distribution election with respect to a particular Plan Year, then he or she will be deemed to have elected to receive amounts credited to his or her Account for that year in a single lump sum payment.
 
4.04 Cancellation of Deferral Election.
 
(a)
The Committee may permit a Participant to cancel a deferral election during a calendar year if it determines either of the following circumstances has occurred:
 
(i)
The Participant has an “unforeseeable emergency” or a hardship distribution pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3) from a 401(k) plan sponsored by a Participating Employer.  For purposes of this clause (i), an “unforeseeable emergency” is a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)); loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
5

 

If approved by the Committee, such cancellation shall take effect as of the first payroll period next following approval by the Committee.
 
 
(ii)
The Participant incurs a disability.  If approved by the Committee, such cancellation shall take effect no later than the end of the calendar year or the 15th day of the third month following the date Participant incurs a disability.  Solely for purposes of this clause (ii), a disability refers to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.
 
(b)
If a Participant cancels a deferral election during a calendar year, he or she will not be permitted to make a new deferral election with respect to Compensation relating to services performed during the same calendar year.
 
4.05 General Rules Applicable to Elections. 
 
Elections under this Article 4 shall be made in the form, manner, and in accordance with the notice requirements, prescribed by the Committee.  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the elections made by a Participant with respect to Compensation Deferrals for a calendar year shall become irrevocable as of the last date on which such election can be made for the calendar year pursuant to this Article 4.
 
4.06 Compensation Deferral Account.
 
(a)
The amount of Compensation deferred by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Account as soon as possible following the date such Compensation  would, but for the Participant’s deferral election, be payable to the Participant.
 
(b)
The Compensation Deferrals, and the earnings thereon, credited to the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Account shall be immediately 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
6

 

ARTICLE 5. EMPLOYER CREDITS
 
5.01 Profit-Sharing Credits. 
 
(a)
Effective on and after January 1, 2003, as of each date the Company makes a contribution under the Profit Sharing Plan, the Company shall credit each eligible Participant with the amount, if any, that would have been allocated to the Participant’s Profit Sharing Plan account if
 
 
(i)
he had not been excluded from participation in the Profit Sharing Plan,
 
 
(ii)
the Company had increased its Profit Sharing Plan contribution by the amount of the Participant’s allocation, and
 
 
(iii)
the Internal Revenue Code provisions limiting his Profit Sharing Plan allocation did not apply.
 
(b)
A Participant shall not be eligible to have Employer Profit-Sharing Credits credited to his or her Account for a Plan Year unless
 
 
(i)
the Participant has completed at least one year of service (as defined in the Profit Sharing Plan); and
 
 
(ii)
the Participant is continuously employed by a Participating Employer as an active employee during the entire Plan Year (or if shorter, during the portion of the Plan Year commencing as of the date he or she was first designated as eligible to participate in the Plan).
 
5.02 Employer Matching Credits. 
 
(a)
Effective on and after July 1, 2004, as of each December 31 of each plan year for which the Company makes an employer matching contribution under the 401(k) Plan, the Company shall credit each eligible Participant with the amount, if any, that would have been allocated to the Participant's Employer Matching Contribution account under the 401(k) Plan if
 
 
(i)
he had not been excluded from eligibility to receive an Employer Matching Contribution under the 401(k) Plan;
 
 
(ii)
he contributed the amount that he actually contributed to the 401(k) Plan during the plan year;
 
 
(iii)
he received compensation during the plan year equal to compensation as that term is defined in the 401(k) Plan; and
 
 
(iv)
the Company made the employer matching contribution under the 401(k) Plan employer matching contribution formula on an annual basis as of December 31.
 
(b)
A Participant shall not be eligible to have Employer Matching Credits credited to his or her Account for a Plan Year unless
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
7

 

 
(i)
the Participant has completed at least one year of service (as defined in the 401(k) Plan); and
 
 
(ii)
the Participant is continuously employed by a Participating Employer as an active employee (A) during the entire Plan Year (or if shorter, during the portion of the Plan Year commencing as of the date he or she was first designated as eligible to participate in the Plan) or (B) during the Plan Year until his or her death, Total Disability, or Retirement Age.
 
5.03 Employer Discretionary Credits. 
 
The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may at any time approve the crediting of additional amounts to the Account(s) of one or more Participants.
 
5.04 Vesting of Employer Credits. 
 
(a)
Vesting of Employer Profit-Sharing Account, and Employer Matching Account .  Except as provided in paragraph (c) and subject to Article 9, the amounts credited to a Participant’s Employer Profit-Sharing Account, Employer Matching Account and ESOP Account shall become vested to the extent his or her Profit Sharing Plan account is vested (or would have been vested if he had not been excluded from the Profit Sharing Plan).
 
(b)
Vesting in Employer Discretionary Account .  Except as provided in paragraph (c) and subject to Article 9, the amounts credited to a Participant’s Employer Discretionary Account shall become vested in accordance with such vesting schedule and requirements as may be adopted by the Committee.
 
(c)
Vesting Upon Change of Control .  All participants shall be vested fully in their Account values in the event of a Change of Control of the Company.
 
For purposes of this Section, “Change of Control” means
 
 
(i)
acquisition of the beneficial ownership of at least 51% of the voting securities of Weis Markets, Inc. by any individual or other person or group of persons who have agreed to act together for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of such securities; or
 
 
(ii)
any merger or consolidation of Weis Markets, Inc., or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets to a buyer, in which stockholders of Weis Markets, Inc. before such merger, consolidation or transfer do not own more than 51% of the outstanding voting power of the surviving entity following such transaction.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
8

 

ARTICLE 6. PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
 
6.01 Participants’ Accounts. 
 
The Company shall establish and maintain a separate memorandum account in the name of each Participant.  Such account shall be credited or charged with (a) the Participant’s Compensation Deferrals, if any; (b) Employer Profit-Sharing Credits, if any; (c) Employer Matching Credits, if any; (d) Employer Discretionary Credits, if any; (e) income, gains, losses, and expenses of investments deemed held in such account; and (f) distributions from such account.
 
6.02 Investment of Accounts.
 
(a)
The amount credited to a Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested and reinvested in life insurance, annuities, mutual funds, stocks, bonds, securities, and any other assets or investment vehicles, as may be selected by the Committee in its sole discretion.
 
(b)
A Participant, by electing to participate in this Plan, agrees on behalf of himself or herself and his or her designated beneficiaries, to assume all risk in connection with any increase or decrease in value of the investments that are deemed to be held in his or her account.  Each Participant further agrees that the Committee and the Participating Employers shall not in any way be held liable for any investment decisions or for the failure to make any investments by the Committee.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005
 
 
9

 

ARTICLE 7. DISTRIBUTION
 
7.01 Distribution Following Termination of Service. 
 
(a)
Termination of Service Prior to Retirement Age .  In the event that a Participant Terminates Service prior to attaining his or her Retirement Age for any reason other than death or becoming Totally Disabled, the vested balance credited to his or her Account will be distributed to the Participant in a single lump sum during the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs.
 
(b)
Termination of Service At or After Retirement Age .  In the event that a Participant Terminates Service at or after attaining his or her Retirement Age for any reason other than death or becoming Totally Disabled, the vested balance credited to his or her Account will be distributed to the Participant in the form or forms of payment elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.03, subject to the following rules:
 
 
(i)
Distribution in a single lump sum payment will be made during the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs.
 
 
(ii)
The first annual installment shall be based on the value of the Account as of the December 31 st next following the event occasioning such distribution.  Each subsequent annual installment shall be paid as soon as practicable after the annual anniversary of such initial valuation date, based on the value of the affected Account as determined at the applicable subsequent valuation date.  Each annual installment shall be determined by dividing the value of the affected Account, determined in accordance with the foregoing, by the number of annual installments due and not yet distributed.
 
 
(iii)
Each annual installment payment shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.
 
 
(iv)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the balance credited to the Participant’s Account as of the valuation date is less than $50,000, then distribution will be made in a single lump sum payment.
 
7.02 Total Disability or Death
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary –
 
(a)
Prior to Commencement of Payment.   In the event a Participant becomes Totally Disabled or dies at any time prior to the commencement of payment under this Article 7, then the balance credited to the Account will be distributed in a single lump payment to the Participant or his or her designated beneficiary (as the case may be) as soon as administratively practicable following the date on which the Participant is determined to be Totally Disabled or submission of proof of death satisfactory to the Committee, as applicable.
 
(b)
After Payment Commences.   In the event a Participant becomes Totally Disabled or dies at any time after the commencement of payment under this Article 7, then the balance credited to the Account will be distributed in a single lump payment to the Participant or his or her designated beneficiary (as the case may be) as soon as administratively practicable following the date on which the Participant is determined to be Totally Disabled or submission of proof of death satisfactory to the Committee, as applicable.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005
 
 
10

 

ARTICLE 8. BENEFICIARY
 
8.01 Beneficiary Designation. 
 
Each Participant shall designate a Beneficiary to receive benefits under the Plan in the event of his death by completing a Beneficiary designation form furnished by the Committee.  A Participant may change his Beneficiary designation by submitting to the Committee another Beneficiary designation form.  However, no change of Beneficiary shall be effective until acknowledged in writing by the Company.
 
8.02 Proper Beneficiary. 
 
If no designated Beneficiary survives the Participant, the value of the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse, or if none, to the Participant’s issue per stirpes, or if none, to the Participant’s estate.  If the Company has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments hereunder, the Company shall have the right to withhold such payments until the matter is finally adjudicated.  However, any payment made by the Company, in good faith and in accordance with this Plan, shall fully discharge the Company from all further obligations with respect to that payment.
 
8.03 Minor or Incompetent Beneficiary. 
 
In making any payments to or for the benefit of any minor or incompetent Beneficiary, the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may cause distribution to be made to a legal or natural guardian or relative of a minor or incompetent.  Or, it may make a payment to any adult with whom the minor or incompetent temporarily or permanently resides.  The receipt by a guardian, relative or other person shall be a complete discharge to the Company with respect to the payment.  Neither the Committee nor the Company shall have any responsibility to see to the proper application of any payment so made.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
11

 

ARTICLE 9. FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS 
 
9.01 Forfeiture or Discontinuation of Benefits.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that
 
(c)
the Participant’s employment with a Participating Employer has been terminated for Cause, or
 
(d)
the Participant is engaged in any business or practice or become employed in any position, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems to be in competition with the pharmacy services provided by the Company,
 
then the Committee may cause the Participant’s entire interest in benefits attributable to his or her Employer Matching Account, Employer Profit-Sharing Account or Employer Discretionary Account to be forfeited and discontinued, or may cause the Participant’s payments of benefits under the Plan to be limited or suspended for such other period the Committee finds advisable under the circumstances, and may take any other action and seek any other relief the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
 
9.02 Definition of Cause.
 
“Cause” means the Participant’s fraud, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Participating Employer that is committed in connection with the Participant’s employment by or association with a Participating Employer.  Whether a Participant has been terminated for Cause shall be determined by the Committee.
 
Regardless of whether a Participant’s employment initially was considered to be terminated for any reason other than Cause, the Participant’s employment will be considered to have been terminated for Cause for purposes of this Plan if the Committee subsequently determines that the Participant engaged in an act constituting Cause.
 
9.03 Determination by Committee.
 
The decision of the Committee shall be final.  The omission or failure of the Committee to exercise this right at any time shall not be deemed a waiver of its right to exercise such right in the future.  The exercise of discretion will not create a precedent in any future cases.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
12

 

ARTICLE 10. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
 
10.01 Committee. 
 
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee shall have full authority and power to administer and construe the Plan, subject to applicable requirements of law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the following powers and duties:
 
(a)
To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary or proper for the administration of the Plan;
 
(b)
To interpret the Plan and to decide all questions, including questions of fact, concerning the Plan;
 
(c)
To determine the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan, and to determine the amount and the recipient of any payments to be made under the Plan;
 
(d)
To designate and value any investments deemed held in the Accounts;
 
(e)
To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and
 
(f)
To make all other determinations and to take all other steps necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
 
All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in its sole discretion and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.
 
10.02 Delegation of Duties. 
 
The Committee may delegate such of its duties and may engage such experts and other persons as it deems appropriate in connection with administering the Plan.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken by the Committee, in good faith in reliance upon any opinions or reports furnished to it by any such experts or other persons.
 
10.03 Expenses. 
 
All expenses incurred prior to the termination of the Plan that shall arise in connection with the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, administrative expenses and compensation and other expenses and charges of any actuary, counsel, accountant, specialist, or other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Participating Employers, or at the discretion of the Committee, shall be charged against such assets as are deemed to be investments under the Plan pursuant to Article 6.
 
10.04 Indemnification of Committee Members.
 
The Participating Employers agree to indemnify and to defend to the fullest extent permitted by law any person serving as a member of the Committee, and each employee of a Participating Employer or any of their affiliated companies appointed by the Committee to carry out duties under this Plan, against all liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Company) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission is in good faith.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
13

 

10.05 Liability.
 
To the extent permitted by law, neither the Committee nor any other person shall incur any liability for any acts or for any failure to act except for liability arising out of such person’s own willful misconduct or willful breach of the Plan.
 
10.06 Expenses of the Committee and Plan Costs.
 
The expenses of administering the Plan, including the printing of literature and forms related thereto, the disbursement of benefits thereunder, and the compensation of administrative organizations, agents, consultants, actuaries, or counsel shall be paid by the Participating Employers.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
14

 

ARTICLE 11. CLAIMS PROCEDURE
 
11.01 Written Claim. 
 
The value of a Participant’s Account shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and any applicable Deferral Agreement.  The Participant or Beneficiary shall make a written request for benefits under this Plan.  This written claim shall be mailed or delivered to the Committee.
 
11.02 Denied Claim. 
 
If the claim is denied in full or in part, the Committee shall provide a written notice within ninety (90) days setting forth the specific reasons for denial, the Plan provisions on which it is based, any additional material or information that is necessary, and explanation of the steps to be taken if a review of the denial is desired.
 
11.03 Review Procedure. 
 
If the claim is denied and a review is desired, the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall notify the Committee in writing within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notice of denial (a claim shall be deemed denied if the Committee does not take any action within the aforesaid ninety (90) day period).  In requesting a review, the Participant (or Beneficiary) may review the Plan document and other pertinent documents, may submit any written issues and comments, may request an extension of time for such written submission of issues and comments, and may request that a hearing be held, but the decision to hold a hearing shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee.
 
11.04 Committee Review. 
 
The decision on the review of the denied claim shall be rendered by the Committee within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request for review (if a hearing is not held) or within sixty (60) days after the hearing if one is held.  The decision shall be written and shall state the specific reasons for the decision, including reference to specific provisions of this Plan, on which the decision is based.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
15

 

ARTICLE 12. NATURE OF COMPANY’S OBLIGATION
 
12.01 Company’s Obligation. 
 
The Company’s obligations under this Plan shall be unfunded.
 
12.02 Creditor Status. 
 
Any assets which the Company may acquire or set aside to help cover its financial liabilities are and must remain general assets of the Company subject to the claims of its creditors.  Neither the Company nor this Plan gives the Participant any beneficial ownership interest in any asset of the Company.  All rights of ownership in any such assets are and remain in the Company and Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have only the rights of general creditors of the Company.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
16

 

ARTICLE 13. MISCELLANEOUS
 
13.01 Acceleration of Payments Permitted Under Code Section 409A.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Committee may, its discretion, accelerate the payment of all or a portion of a Participant’s vested Account balance prior to the time specified in this Plan to the extent such acceleration is permitted by Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) of the Treasury regulations.  Such permitted accelerations shall include payments to comply with domestic relations orders, payments to comply with conflicts of interest laws, payment of employment taxes, payment upon income inclusion under Code Section 409A, and/or such other circumstances as are permitted by the regulations.
 
13.02 Right to Withhold Taxes.
 
The Participating Employers shall have the right to withhold such amounts from any payment under this Plan as it determines necessary to fulfill any federal, state, or local wage or compensation withholding requirements.
 
13.03 No Right to Continued Employment.
 
Neither the Plan, nor any action taken under the Plan, shall confer upon any Participant any right to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its affiliated companies to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time.
 
13.04 Unclaimed Benefit.
 
Each Participant shall keep the Committee informed in writing of his or her current address and the current address of his or her beneficiary.  The Committee shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a Participant is not made known to the Committee within three (3) years after the date on which payment of the Participant’s Account may first be made, payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the three (3) year period.  If, within one additional year after such three (3) year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual death of a Participant, the Committee is unable to locate any designated beneficiary of the Participant, then the Participating Employers shall have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to such Participant or beneficiary or any other person and such benefit shall be irrevocably forfeited.
 
13.05 Suspension Of Payments.
 
If any controversy, doubt or disagreement should arise as to the person to whom any distribution or payment should be made, the Committee, in its discretion, may, without any liability whatsoever, retain the funds involved or the sum in question pending settlement or resolution to the Committee’s satisfaction of the matter, or pending a final adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
13.06 Severability. 
 
The provisions of the Plan are severable.  If any provision of the Plan is deemed legally or factually invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the provision and the Plan, except to such extent or in such application, shall not be affected, and each and every provision of the Plan shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent and in the broadest application permitted by law.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
17

 

13.07 No Other Agreements or Understandings.
 
This Plan represents the sole agreement between the Participating Employers and Participants concerning its subject matter, and it supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements, understandings, warranties, representations, and statements between or among the parties concerning its subject matter.
 
13.08 Written Notice. 
 
Any notice which shall or be or may be given under the Plan or a Deferral Agreement shall be in writing and shall be mailed by United States mail, postage prepaid.  If notice is to be given to the Committee, such notice shall be addressed to 1000 South Second Street, Sunbury, Pennsylvania  17801, and marked for the attention of the Committee, or if notice to a Participant, addressed to the address shown on the Participant’s Deferral Agreement.
 
13.09 Change of Address. 
 
Any Participant or the Committee may, from time to time, change the address to which notices shall be mailed by the other by giving written notice of a new address.
 
13.10 Amendment and Termination. 
 
The Company retains the sole and unilateral right to terminate, amend, modify, or supplement this Plan, in whole or in part at any time.  This right includes the right to make retroactive amendments.  However, no exercise of this right shall reduce the Account of any Participant or his Beneficiary.
 
13.11 Nontransferability. 
 
Except insofar as prohibited by applicable law, no sale, transfer, alienation, assignment, pledge, collateralization or attachment of any benefits under this Plan shall be valid or recognized  by the Company.  Neither the Participant, his spouse, or designated Beneficiary shall have any power to hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance of any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or maintenance, owed by the Participant or his Beneficiary, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall pay benefits in accordance with a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and benefits payable under the Plan may be applied by the Company to discharge obligations of the Participant, his Beneficiary or estate to the Company.
 
13.12 Applicable Law. 
 
This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the United States, and to the extent permitted thereby by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
13.13 Titles. 
 
Titles of the Articles of this Plan are included for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purpose of construing any portion or provision of this Plan document.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005

 
18

 

13.14 Code Section 409A Transition Rules.
 
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the following, to the extent permitted by the Committee and Code Section 409A, on or prior to December 31, 2008, a Participant may make a new election with respect to the form of payment of the Account in accordance with the following rules:
 
(a)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2005 and on or before December 31, 2005 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2005 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2005 that would not otherwise be payable in 2005;
 
(b)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2006 and on or before December 31, 2006 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2006 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2006 that would not otherwise be payable in 2006;
 
(c)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2007 and on or before December 31, 2007 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007; and
 
(d)
An election to change the form of payment of payment made on or after January 1, 2008 and on or before December 31, 2008 may apply only to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.
 
Weis Markets, Inc.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Pharmacists
As amended and restated effective 1/1/2005
 
 
19

 

Exhibit 10-H
WEIS MARKETS, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

THIS DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT made this 1 st day of January, 1983, by and between Weis Markets, Inc. (“Employer”) and Robert F. Weis (“Employee”),

WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Employer and Employee previously entered into a Deferred Compensation Agreement (“Prior Agreement”) dated the 1 st day of December, 1975; and
WHEREAS, Employer and Employee now desire to terminate and revoke Prior Agreement, and
WHEREAS, Employer desires to assure itself of the continued service of Employee, and to further compensate Employee for services which Employee has and shall have rendered to Employer,
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained and other good and valuable consideration, it is hereby agreed:
FIRST: RETIREMENT BENEFIT . (a) Employee’s Normal Retirement Date shall be the January 1 st following his 65 th birthday. If Employee retires on or after his 65 th birthday and on or before his Normal Retirement Date, and has been employed by Employer for at least three (3) full years, he shall receive from Employer a benefit determined by the following formula and paid according to the terms of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph FIRST:
The annual pension benefit shall be an amount of $87,500 (50% of the 1976 annual compensation paid to the Employee from Employer), reduced by each of the following; (1) The amount of the annual primary Social Security benefit for which Employee is eligible as of January 1 st of the initial year in which he is to receive a payment hereunder and which is payable during such year; (2) Any benefit under any Employer pension or profit sharing plan (but not under a TRASOP) for which Employee is or was eligible as of January 1 st of the year in which he is to receive a payment hereunder and which is payable during such year. If Employee did not elect to receive his benefit under either the pension or profit sharing plan on a life annuity basis, then any benefit amount considered under this paragraph (2) shall be equal to the benefit he would have been eligible for on such January 1 st , had he elected a life annuity option under the respective plan or plans, based on actuarial factors and tables used for actuarial valuation purposes in conjunction with the Weis Markets Pension Plan.
(b) Benefits shall be payable to Employee within sixty (60) days of his Normal Retirement Date, and thereafter on each January 1 st during the Employee’s lifetime.
SECOND: EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT . (a) If Employee retires for any reason between his 62 nd birthday –- the earliest possible retirement age –- and his 65 th birthday, he shall receive a benefit computed on the basis of the formula in subparagraph (a) of paragraph FIRST, but reduced by: (1) Five-ninths of one percent (5/9ths of 1%) for each month of early retirement, and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of years and months of service with Employer that Employee had at the time of his retirement and the denominator of which shall be the number of years and months of service he would have had at age sixty-five (65). For purposes of this paragraph, the Social Security Benefit defined in item (1) of paragraph FIRST shall be determined as if Employee continued working and initially commenced receiving such Social Security Benefit at age 65.
(b) The amount of the benefit to Employee under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph SECOND shall be paid on January 1 st of the year following the year of Employee’s retirement on each January 1 st during the Employee’s lifetime.
THIRD: POSTPONED RETIREMENT . (a) The amount of Employee’s annual pension benefit shall be determined as of his Normal Retirement Date. If Employee continues in employment after his Normal Retirement Date, such amount shall be increased by 20% for each year that his retirement is postponed. If Employee retires as of a date during a year which is other that January 1 st , his benefit shall be increased for such year by a proportional share (determined arithmetically) of the 20% based on the number of the completed months elapsed from the January 1 st preceding the date of his retirement. For example, if Employee retires as of July 1 st in a year, his benefit as of the previous January 1 st shall be increased by 10% (20% x 6/12ths). At the time Employee reaches his Normal Retirement Date, the amount of his benefit shall be determined in accordance with paragraph FIRST, and such amount, and the increased amounts payable on each succeeding January 1 st , shall be illustrated in Appendix A, which shall become a part of this agreement.

 
 

 

(b) For the first year of his retirement Employee shall receive a pension equal to the benefit described in paragraph (a) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (including partial months) from the date of his retirement to the December 31 st of such year, and the denominator of which is “12”. For each subsequent year of his retirement, Employee shall receive the benefit described in (a).
(c) The pension benefits for the first year of retirement shall be payable to Employee within sixty (60) days from the date of retirement and thereafter on each January 1 st during the Employee’s lifetime.
FOURTH: DEATH BENEFIT . (a) If Employee dies while actively employed prior to his Normal Retirement Date, his surviving spouse, if any, shall receive a benefit equal to fifty (50%) percent of the benefit Employee would have received under paragraph FIRST if he had continued to work and had retired at age sixty-five (65). Such benefit shall be paid to the spouse on January 1 st of the year following the year of Employee’s death and on January 1 st of the next succeeding nine (9) years.
(b) If Employee dies subsequent to his retirement under paragraph SECOND, his surviving spouse, if any, shall receive a benefit equal to fifty (50%) percent of the amount Employee was receiving or eligible to receive under paragraph SECOND. Such benefit shall be paid on January 1 st of each year in which Employee would have received a benefit under the appropriate aforementioned paragraph if he had continued to live. Following the death of spouse, no further payments shall be made.
(c) If Employee dies while actively employed after his Normal Retirement Date, his Named Beneficiary shall receive an annual benefit in the same amount as the Employee would have received under paragraph THIRD had he retired immediately prior to his death. Such benefit shall be paid to the Named Beneficiary over the period of Employer’s life expectancy determined based on 1971 Group Annuity Table and the Employee’s age nearest birthday on the date of his death. Any fractional years of life expectancy shall result in a proportional annual benefit for the year. Examples of life expectancy at various ages are set forth in Appendix B.
(d) If Employee dies subsequent to his retirement on or after his Normal Retirement Date, his Named Beneficiary shall continue to receive annual benefit payments in the same amount as Employee was receiving until the end of Employee’s life expectancy period as described in paragraph (a) measured from the date of Employee’s retirement. If the Named Beneficiary is Employee’s spouse, then such spouse shall continue to receive annual benefit payments for the remainder of her life in an amount equal to 50% of the benefit received prior to the end of the life expectancy period. Following the end of the life expectancy period, no continuing benefits shall be paid to a Named Beneficiary who is not Employee’s spouse.
(e) For purposes of paragraphs (c) and (d) above, the Named Beneficiary shall be the Employee’s spouse, unless the Employee notifies Employer in writing that another person shall be the Named Beneficiary. If Employee has no surviving spouse at the time of his death, and has not named another Named Beneficiary, then any benefits due his Named Beneficiary shall be paid to his estate.
FIFTH: WITHHOLDING . Employer may withhold any taxes from payments to Employee or to the Named Beneficiary as Employer deems appropriate in accordance with applicable regulations.
SIXTH: ANNUITIES . Annuity contracts issued by Aetna Life & Casualty and maintained under any prior agreement shall not be a part of this Agreement, nor shall benefits provided under any such contracts be applied toward benefits provided under this Agreement. Benefits under such contracts shall be paid to Employee upon retirement, or paid to Employee’s beneficiary (as separately designated by Employee) upon the death of Employee, in accordance with the terms of such contracts, subject to any elections regarding the methods of receiving benefit payments as may be permitted by such contracts.
SEVENTH: ADMINISTRATION . This Agreement shall be administered on behalf of Employer by its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate its duties to any committee designated by it for such purpose. The Board or any such committee shall have the authority to interpret, and to determine questions of fact arising under this Agreement. The determination of the Board of Directors or any committee administering this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, including the Employee, his Named Beneficiary, and their heirs, successors and assigns.
EIGHT: TERMINATION . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Employee the right to continue in the employ of Employer.

 
 

 

NINTH: ASSIGNMENT . Neither Employee nor his Named Beneficiary may assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any interest in this Agreement without the written consent of Employer. In the event of any sale or the disposition of all or substantial part of the assets of the Employer, adequate provision, by a written assumption agreement or otherwise, shall be made to secure for Employer all of the benefits of this Agreement to the same extent to which Employee would have been entitled to such benefits had any such disposition not taken place.
TENTH: WHOLE AGREEMENT AMENDMENT . This Agreement constitutes the whole Deferred Compensation Agreement between Employer and Employee and may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by a written instrument signed by Employer and Employee. Employer and Employee may amend this Agreement by a document in writing, without the consent of Employee’s Named Beneficiary, notwithstanding that any such amendment may have the effect of diminishing or eliminating benefits payable to such Named Beneficiary under the several provisions of this Agreement.
ELEVENTH: MISCELLANEOUS . (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of Employer and the heirs, administrators, executors, and personal representatives of Employee.
(b) Failure by the Employer to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, conditions or covenants hereof shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of any right hereunder, and shall not impede in any way the right of Employer to enforce any of the provisions hereof.
(c) If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included herein.
(d) The captions contained herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define or limit, enlarge or describe the scope of this agreement nor in any way shall affect the Agreement or the construction of any provision thereof.
(e) This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (without regard to the principles of conflict of laws).

 
 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, WEIS MARKETS, INC. (Employer) and Robert Weis (Employee) previously entered into a Deferred Compensation Agreement effective January 1, 1983; and

WHEREAS, both parties wish to amend such Agreement; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the following provisions are amended:

FIRST CHANGE

Paragraph FIRST shall be deleted and the following shall be substituted in its place:

FIRST: RETIREMENT BENEFIT . (a) Employee’s Normal Retirement Date shall be the first day of the month following his 65 th birthday. If Employee retires on his Normal Retirement Date, he shall receive from Employer a benefit determined by the following formula and paid according to the terms of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph FIRST:

The annual pension benefit shall be an amount of $68,842 (50% of the 1977 annual compensation paid to the Employee from Employer), reduced by each of the following; (1) The amount of the annual primary Social Security benefit for which Employee is eligible as of his Normal Retirement Date; (2) Any benefit under any Employer pension or profit sharing plan (but not under a TRASOP or PAYSOP) for which Employee is or was eligible as of his Normal Retirement Date. If Employee did not elect to receive his benefit under either the pension or profit sharing plan on a life annuity basis, then any benefit amount considered under this paragraph (2) shall be equal to the benefit he would have been eligible for had he elected a life annuity option under the respective plan or plans, based on actuarial factors and tables used for actuarial valuation purposes in conjunction with the Weis Markets Pension Plan.

(b) Benefits shall be payable to Employee within sixty (60) days of his Normal Retirement Date, and thereafter on each January 1 st during the Employee’s lifetime.

SECOND CHANGE

Paragraph THIRD, subparagraph (a) shall be amended by adding the following sentence after the second sentence of such subparagraph:

“For the calendar year which contains the Employee’s Normal Retirement Date, his benefit payable as of his Normal Retirement Date shall be increased by 1 2/3% for each full month from his Normal Retirement Date to the following January 1 st .”

 
 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, Weis Markets Inc. (Employer) and Robert F. Weis (Employee) previously entered into a Deferred Compensation Agreement effective January 1, 1983; and

WHEREAS, such agreement was amended by Amendment No. 1; and

WHEREAS, both parties wish to amend such Agreement effective on the date executed; and

WHEREAS, Robert F. Weis has remained an active employee of the Corporation beyond his normal retirement age of 65; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the following provisions are amended:

FIRST CHANGE

Paragraph FIRST, SECOND and THIRD shall be deleted and the following shall be substituted in their place:

FIRST: POSTPONED RETIREMENT . (a) The amount of Employee’s annual pension benefit as of the date on which he retires as an active employee shall be determined in accordance with the attached Appendix A under the columns headed “Retirement Benefit.” If employee retires as of a date during the year which is other than January 1, his annual benefit shall be increased by interpolation (determined arithmetically) based upon the number of completed months elapsed from the January 1 preceding the date of his retirement to his date of retirement.

SECOND: FIRST YEAR BENEFIT . For the first year of his retirement, Employee’s shall receive a pension equal to the benefit described in FIRST multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of months (including partial months) from the date of his retirement to the December 31 of such year and the denominator of which is 12.

THIRD: SUBSEQUENT YEAR BENEFIT . For each subsequent year of his retirement, Employee shall receive the benefit described in FIRST, payable on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year on which day he is alive.

SECOND CHANGE

Paragraph FOUR shall be deleted and the following shall be substituted in its place.

FOURTH: DEATH BENEFIT . (a) If Employee dies subsequent to his retirement under paragraph FIRST, his Named Beneficiary shall continue to receive annual benefits in the same amount as Employee was receiving until the end of the remainder, if any, of the Employee’s life expectancy period, as shown in Appendix B as measured from the date of Employee’s retirement. The payment for a partial year of such remaining life expectancy shall be pro rated. Payments shall be payable on January 1 of each year. If the Named Beneficiary is Employee’s spouse, then such spouse shall continue to receive annual benefit payments for the remainder of her life in an amount equal to 50% of the benefit received during Employee’s life expectancy period. Following the end of the life expectancy period, no continuing benefit shall be paid to a Named Beneficiary who is not Employee’s spouse. Following the death of the Employee’s spouse, no continuing benefits shall be paid, except to the extent of the remainder, if any, of the original life expectancy.

 
 

 

(b) If Employee dies prior to his retirement, the amount of the death benefit shall be based on the two columns of Appendix A headed “Death Benefit.” If death shall not occur on January 1 of a year, then there shall be a determination of an interpolated benefit (determined arithmetically) based upon the number of completed months elapsed January 1 preceding the date of death to the date of death. A partial payment shall be made for the first year by multiplying the benefit by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months including partial months from the date of his death to the December 31 of such year and the denominator of which is 12. The period of time during which benefits shall be paid to the Named Beneficiary is equal to the life expectancy period determined in Appendix B with reference to the date of death. The payment for a partial year of such remaining life expectancy shall be pro rated. Payments shall be payable on January 1 of each year. If the Named Beneficiary is Employee’s spouse, then such spouse shall continue to receive annual benefit payments for the remainder of her life in an amount equal to 50% of the benefit received during the Employee’s life expectancy period. Following the end of the life expectancy period, no continuing benefit shall be paid to a Named Beneficiary who is not Employee’s spouse. Following the death of the Employee’s spouse, no continuing benefits shall be paid, except to the extent of the remainder, if any, of the original life expectancy.

 
 

 

Robert Weis Appendix A

Retirement Benefit
 
Death Benefit
Date of
 
Annual
 
Date of
 
Annual
Retirement
 
Benefit
 
Death
 
Benefit
             
Jan 1, 1992
 
 72,366
 
Jan 1, 1992
 
209,646
Jan 1, 1993
 
129,719
 
Jan 1, 1993
 
230,611
Jan 1, 1994
 
199,767
 
Jan 1, 1994
 
253,672
Jan 1, 1995
 
279,039
 
Jan 1, 1995
 
279,039
Jan 1, 1996
 
306,943
 
Jan 1, 1996
 
306,943
Jan 1, 1997
 
337,638
 
Jan 1, 1997
 
337,638
Jan 1, 1998
 
371,401
 
Jan 1, 1998
 
371,401
Jan 1, 1999
 
408,542
 
Jan 1, 1999
 
408,542
Jan 1, 2000
 
449,396
 
Jan 1, 2000
 
449,396
Jan 1, 2001
 
494,335
 
Jan 1, 2001
 
494,335
Jan 1, 2002
 
543,769
 
Jan 1, 2002
 
543,769
Jan 1, 2003
 
598,146
 
Jan 1, 2003
 
598,146
Jan 1, 2004
 
657,960
 
Jan 1, 2004
 
657,960
Jan 1, 2005
 
723,756
 
Jan 1, 2005
 
723,756
Jan 1, 2006
 
796,132
 
Jan 1, 2006
 
796,132
Jan 1, 2007
 
875,745
 
Jan 1, 2007
 
875,745
Jan 1, 2008
 
963,320
 
Jan 1, 2008
 
963,320
Jan 1, 2009
 
1,059,651
 
Jan 1, 2009
 
1,059,651
Jan 1, 2010
 
1,165,617
 
Jan 1, 2010
 
1,165,617
Jan 1, 2011
 
1,282,178
 
Jan 1, 2011
 
1,282,178
Jan 1, 2012
 
1,410,396
 
Jan 1, 2012
 
1,410,396
Jan 1, 2013
 
1,551,436
 
Jan 1, 2013
 
1,551,436

 
 

 

Robert Weis Appendix B

Date of Death or Retirement
       
Life Expectancy
From
 
To
 
In Years
         
Dec 10, 1991
 
Dec 9, 1992
 
10.3
Dec 10, 1992
 
Dec 9, 1993
 
  9.7
Dec 10, 1993
 
Dec 9, 1994
 
  9.2
Dec 10, 1994
 
Dec 9, 1995
 
  8.8
Dec 10, 1995
 
Dec 9, 1996
 
  8.3
Dec 10, 1996
 
Dec 9, 1997
 
  7.8
Dec 10, 1997
 
Dec 9, 1998
 
  7.4
Dec 10, 1998
 
Dec 9, 1999
 
  7.0
Dec 10, 1999
 
Dec 9, 2000
 
  6.7
Dec 10, 2000
 
Dec 9, 2001
 
  6.4
Dec 10, 2001
 
Dec 9, 2002
 
  6.1
Dec 10, 2002
 
Dec 9, 2003
 
  5.9
Dec 10, 2003
 
Dec 9, 2004
 
  5.7
Dec 10, 2004
 
Dec 9, 2005
 
  5.5
Dec 10, 2005
 
Dec 9, 2006
 
  5.2
Dec 10, 2006
 
Dec 9, 2007
 
  4.9
Dec 10, 2007
 
Dec 9, 2008
 
  4.6
Dec 10, 2008
 
Dec 9, 2009
 
  4.4
Dec 10, 2009
 
Dec 9, 2010
 
  4.1
Dec 10, 2010
 
Dec 9, 2011
 
  3.9
Dec 10, 2011
 
Dec 9, 2012
 
  3.6
Dec 10, 2012
 
Dec 9, 2013
 
  3.4
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 21
WEIS MARKETS, INC.

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

   
State of
Incorporation
 
Percent Owned
By Registrant
 
Albany Public Markets, Inc.
 
New York
    100 %
Dutch Valley Food Company, Inc.
 
Pennsylvania
    100 %
King’s Supermarkets, Inc.
 
Pennsylvania
    100 %
Martin's Farm Market, Inc.
 
Pennsylvania
    100 %
Shamrock Wholesale Distributors, Inc.
 
Pennsylvania
    100 %
SuperPetz, LLC
 
Pennsylvania
    100 %
Weis Transportation, Inc.
 
Pennsylvania
    100 %
WMK Financing, Inc.
 
Delaware
    100 %

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the company and its subsidiaries.

 
 

 

Exhibit 23

WEIS MARKETS, INC.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our report dated March 11, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule, and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Weis Markets, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 26, 2009.  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statement of Weis Markets, Inc. on Form S-8 (File No. 333-99535, effective September 13, 2002).

/S/Grant Thornton LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 11, 2010

 
 

 

Exhibit 31.1
WEIS MARKETS, INC.

CERTIFICATION- CEO

I, David J. Hepfinger, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Weis Markets, Inc.;

2. 
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report;

3. 
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. 
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) 
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) 
designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) 
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) 
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. 
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) 
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) 
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 11, 2010
/S/  David J. Hepfinger
 
David J. Hepfinger
 
President and
 
Chief Executive Officer

 
 

 

Exhibit 31.2
WEIS MARKETS, INC.

CERTIFICATION- CFO

I, Scott F. Frost, certify that:

1. 
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Weis Markets, Inc.;

2. 
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this report;

3. 
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. 
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) 
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) 
designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) 
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) 
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. 
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) 
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) 
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 11, 2010
/S/  Scott F. Frost
 
Scott F. Frost
 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
and Treasurer

 
 

 

Exhibit 32
WEIS MARKETS, INC.
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the annual report of Weis Markets, Inc. (the "company") on Form 10-K for the year ending December 26, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, David J. Hepfinger, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Scott F. Frost, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, of the company, certify, pursuant to and for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1) to my knowledge the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

/S/  David J. Hepfinger
David J. Hepfinger
President and Chief Executive Officer
03/11/2010
 
/S/  Scott F. Frost
Scott F. Frost
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
03/11/2010

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Weis Markets, Inc. and will be retained by Weis Markets, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.